0% found this document useful (0 votes)

58 views238 pages

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud User Manual

Uploaded by

Ganesh Sainavarapu

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

58 views238 pages

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud User Manual

Uploaded by

Ganesh Sainavarapu

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 238

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud

User Manual

© Foxit Software Incorporated. All Rights Reserved.

No part of this document can be reproduced, transferred, distributed or stored in any format without
the prior written permission of Foxit.

Anti-Grain Geometry - Version 2.4

© Maxim Shemanarev (http://www.antigrain.com)

Portions of this product Copyright [2001-2024] Solid Documents

Permission to copy, use, modify, sell and distribute this software is granted provided this copyright
notice appears in all copies. This software is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty,
and with no claim as to its suitability for any purpose.

2
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Contents User Manual

Contents
Contents ............................................................................................................ 3

Chapter 1 – Introduction ................................................................................ 6

About the User Manual ...................................................................................................... 6
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud Overview ....................................................................................... 6
Supported Browsers........................................................................................................... 6
What’s New? ........................................................................................................................ 7
Online Help ......................................................................................................................... 7

Chapter 2 – Get Started .................................................................................. 9

About the homepage ......................................................................................................... 9
Workspace Basics ............................................................................................................. 10
Set Preferences ................................................................................................................. 14

Chapter 3 – Read ............................................................................................ 25

Open PDFs......................................................................................................................... 25
Save PDFs .......................................................................................................................... 26
Close a PDF ....................................................................................................................... 27
Export PDFs ....................................................................................................................... 27
View PDFs .......................................................................................................................... 33
Select & Copy .................................................................................................................... 45
Search ................................................................................................................................ 47
Compare PDF Files ........................................................................................................... 50
Word Count ....................................................................................................................... 51
Print PDFs .......................................................................................................................... 52

Chapter 4 – Create ......................................................................................... 53

Create PDFs ....................................................................................................................... 53
Create and customize a PDF portfolio ............................................................................ 61
OCR PDFs and PDF Portfolios .......................................................................................... 63
PDF versions ..................................................................................................................... 64

Chapter 5 – Edit .............................................................................................. 66

Undo and Redo ................................................................................................................. 66
Links................................................................................................................................... 66
3
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Contents User Manual

Bookmarks ........................................................................................................................ 70
Page thumbnails ............................................................................................................... 74
Destinations ...................................................................................................................... 75
File Attachments ............................................................................................................... 76
Images ............................................................................................................................... 78
PDF Optimizer ................................................................................................................... 81
Work with Video & Audio ................................................................................................. 87
Search and Replace Text .................................................................................................. 88
Paragraph Editing ............................................................................................................. 89
Objects............................................................................................................................... 91
Articles .............................................................................................................................105
Working with Layers .......................................................................................................107
PDF Properties ................................................................................................................111

Chapter 6 – Organize................................................................................... 115

Insert Pages.....................................................................................................................115
Rotate, Move, Swap and Delete Pages ..........................................................................117
Extract, Interleave, Duplicate, and Replace Pages .......................................................119
Split Pages .......................................................................................................................121
Crop Pages ......................................................................................................................122
Flatten Pages ...................................................................................................................123
Reverse Pages .................................................................................................................124
Header & Footer, Watermark & Background to PDFs .................................................124
Bates Numbering............................................................................................................128
Change the format of page numbering ........................................................................129

Chapter 7 – Comment ................................................................................. 130

Commenting tools ..........................................................................................................130
About pop-up notes .......................................................................................................148
Change the appearance of comments in the Properties dialog box ..........................149
Managing Comments .....................................................................................................151

Chapter 8 – Share ........................................................................................ 159

Cloud Documents ...........................................................................................................159
Collaboration with the Share feature............................................................................160
Integration with third-party app platforms ..................................................................163

Chapter 9 – Forms........................................................................................ 168

Interactive Form and Non-interactive form ..................................................................168

4
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Contents User Manual

Fill in PDF Forms .............................................................................................................169

Comment on Forms .......................................................................................................171
Manage Form Data .........................................................................................................171
Form Fields ......................................................................................................................172
JavaScript .........................................................................................................................198

Chapter 10 – Security .................................................................................. 201

Check PDF security .........................................................................................................201
Password Protection & Certificate Protection ..............................................................201
Classify and protect PDFs with sensitivity labels in AIP ...............................................207
Remove hidden data ......................................................................................................207
Redaction ........................................................................................................................208
Trust settings ..................................................................................................................213

Chapter 11 – Signature ............................................................................... 216

Foxit eSign .......................................................................................................................216
Quick PDF Sign ................................................................................................................220
Digital Signature .............................................................................................................222

Chapter 12 – Foxit Admin Console ........................................................... 231

Chapter 13 – Integration with ChatGPT .................................................. 232

Chapter 14 – Appendices............................................................................ 234

Browser extensions ........................................................................................................234
Keyboard Shortcuts ........................................................................................................234
Single-key Accelerators ..................................................................................................236

Contact Us ..................................................................................................... 238

5
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 1: Introduction User Manual

Chapter 1 – Introduction
About the User Manual

This user manual covers all features included in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud Overview

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud offers a robust all-in-one online PDF editing and eSigning
solution. This cost-effective, business-ready tool enables secure collaboration with
PDF documents and forms from any location without the need for software
installation. The comprehensive cloud platform allows users to seamlessly view,
create, edit, collaborate, share, secure, organize, export, eSign, and OCR PDF
documents. Integrating with popular third-party applications such as Microsoft Office
365, Teams App, SharePoint Online & OneDrive, and Google Drive, Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud facilitates efficient collaboration across diverse teams. Additionally, its
integration with ChatGPT leverages AI-generated content (AIGC) to enhance end-user
productivity.

Key features of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud include:

 Direct Editing
 Read out Loud
 Robust Document Security
 Form Fields
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR)
 Export PDF to Image
 PDF Optimizer
 Redaction
 Document Certification
 Bates Numbering
 High Compression
 Cloud Documents
 Integration with third-party app platforms
 AI Assistant

Supported Browsers

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports the following browsers and versions:

6
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 1: Introduction User Manual

• Internet Explorer 11 or higher

• Microsoft Edge
• Google Chrome
• Mozilla Firefox
• Safari
• Opera

What’s New?

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud continuously adds new features and updates to offer users a
powerful PDF editing and eSigning tool, while also improving the overall user
experience. To see the latest updates and new features, go to Help > What's New on
the ribbon.

Online Help

You can get online help about how to read and work with PDF files with Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud using Help Center, Online Tutorials, or Support Center. You can also send
us any feedback or suggestions about our product.

Help Center

Click Help > Help Center to visit Foxit Knowledge Base to immediately find the answer
to your questions.

Online Tutorial

We offer online tutorials to help you get the most out of our product. Go to Help >
Online Tutorial to watch our product tutorials on the Foxit website.

Support Center

Foxit PDF Editor offers an AI-powered customer support center, which acts as an AI
chatbot and can provide personalized assistance based on your specific needs.
Utilizing natural language processing and machine learning algorithms, the AI Chatbot
can understand user queries and respond with answers. It can assist you in using a
specific function or performing certain tasks by providing step-by-step instructions
based on Foxit resources, such as Foxit Knowledge Base.

7
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 1: Introduction User Manual

To access the AI chatbot, choose Support Center in the Help tab, or click on the
lower right corner of the application window. Then, you can input your questions and
interact with the AI chatbot in the Support Center panel displayed on the right side
of the application window. You can even delegate tasks to the AI chatbot by inputting
specific requirements (such as “Delete Page 1.”) to execute the associated commands
in Foxit PDF Editor for efficient document processing.

In addition, you can also click the icon at the top of the Support Center panel
and select Submit Ticket to send your bug reports/suggestions/comments.

Share Feedback

If you have any feedback or suggestions about our product, feel free to send us any
comments/questions/bug reports by going to Help > Share feedback. Your feedback
is essential as we strive to improve our product and provide the best possible user
experience.

8
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

Chapter 2 – Get Started

The Foxit PDF Editor Cloud workspace is packed with commands that help make
working with PDF files easier, and it is organized into a toolbar (ribbon mode), a
document pane, a navigation pane, and a status bar. An excellent way to get up to
speed using Foxit PDF Editor Cloud is by familiarizing yourself with its workspace.

To get started, access Foxit PDF Editor Cloud by navigating to pdfonline.foxit.com (or
click the "Free Trial" button on the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud page at www.foxit.com/pdf-
editor/cloud/) in your web browser, and then sign in by clicking the avatar icon located
at the top right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window and choosing Sign In
from the context menu. Tip: If you have multiple accounts associated with the same email
address, after logging in to Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can easily switch between accounts
by clicking the avatar icon, selecting Association from the context menu, and then choosing
the desired option.

About the homepage

By default, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud displays its homepage when no PDF file is open. The
homepage includes a list of recently accessed documents, helpful product tutorials,
and frequently used features to help you get started with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. You
can click on the items (including Home, Open File, Documents, Template, and Tools)
on the left-hand side of the homepage to start your document workflow quickly.

• On the Home page, you can see Quick Tools and file lists for
Recent/Starred/Shared files and eSign agreements. You can click on Manage
tools to customize and manage the quick tools displayed on the Home page.
Clicking on All Tools switches to the Tools page, which shows more tools you
can use to work on your files.
• Clicking on Open File allows you to open a file from Local Computer/Recent
Files/Cloud Documents or your cloud services like OneDrive and Box.
• In the Documents page, you can view and manage your Cloud documents,
shared/starred files, and eSign agreements.
• The Template page lists various pre-designed templates to create a PDF
quickly.
• The Tools page includes recommended apps and most tools grouped by
different functional modules.

Apart from the main items above, the homepage may include additional wizards or
tools tailored to different user groups. Individual users can find more related
scalable products in the "Recommended" area, including the PDF Editor for desktop
9
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

and the Editor Cloud plug-ins integrated into third-party application platforms like
Microsoft 365 and Google Drive. For enterprise users, most of the homepage
displays lists of files they have recently worked on, enabling them to focus more on
content.

For detailed information about each tool/function, please refer to the related section
in this manual.

Once you open a file in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you'll be taken to the workspace, where
you can perform various document tasks using the available commands and options.
With its intuitive interface and user-friendly design, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud makes it
easy to create, edit, and share PDF documents online from anywhere, at any time.

When working on a file in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, clicking on the icon in the top-
left corner of the tool will take you to the homepage of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. Note
that before clicking on this icon, it is important to save any edits you have made to
your file.

Workspace Basics

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud has integrated the collective commands in the ribbon interface
and created a new way of working, namely Ribbon Mode. Ribbon Mode is developed
based on Microsoft Office 2013 (Office 15) to provide you with a familiar and intuitive
user experience. In this mode, commands are arranged by groups and tasks.

10
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

User Interface

A. Title Bar B. Ribbon tabs C. Groups of commands D. Navigation Pane (the Pages
panel displayed) E. Document Pane F. Status bar G. The right panel

➢ Title Bar: a horizontal bar at the top of the application window. It displays the
homepage icon, Quick Access Toolbar, software title, current file name, search
field, user account button for viewing user profile and signing in/out, buttons to
undo/redo/download/print files, and more. The search field on the Title Bar allows
you to search commands and documents.
➢ Ribbon tabs: shows the major tabs of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, including File, Home,
Edit, Comment, View, Form, Protect, Share, etc.
➢ Groups of commands: categorizes the commands by groups according to the
function under each ribbon tab.
➢ Navigation Pane: contains various navigation panels. See also Navigation Panels.
➢ Document Pane: shows the document content.
➢ Status bar: shows the status information about the current open document. See
also Status Bar.
➢ The right panel: displays the Search panel or Format tab, depending on what
feature you are using.

Toolbar

The toolbar displays ribbon tabs with different commands. Position the pointer over
11
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

a command to see a description of the command. The Hand command and the

Select tools (Select Text and Image and Select Annotation ), which are used

quite often, are accessible on the left of most tabs on the ribbon.

Search and Find Commands

You can easily and quickly find the command you need by clicking in the Search field
on the title bar (sits at the top of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window) and typing the
name or description of the command you need. Then, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will
display a list of matching commands from which you can select and activate the
desired feature. You can also search specific files by filename to quickly locate relevant
documents within your Cloud Documents repository.

Show/Hide Toolbar

To hide the toolbar, please click the arrow located on the lower-right corner of the
ribbon. To show the toolbar, choose a tab and click the pushpin icon located on
the lower-right corner of the ribbon.

Navigation Panels

Show or hide the navigation panels

The buttons on the left side of the navigation pane provides easy access to various

panels, such as the Bookmarks panel button and the Pages panel button . After
right-clicking the navigation pane, you can select and open more panels.

To show the navigation panels, use keyboard shortcut F4, or click View > View
Settings > Navigation Panels > Show Navigation Panels.
To hide the navigation panels, use keyboard shortcut F4, or click View > View
Settings > Navigation Panels > Hide Navigation Panels.
To open a navigation panel, click its button on the left side of the navigation pane.
To close a navigation panel, click its button on the left side of the navigation pane.

12
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

Adjust the navigation pane

Like the toolbars, the navigation pane can be docked in the navigation pane or float
anywhere in the workspace. You can choose to hide or close the panels that you
don't need and open the ones you do. What’s more, you can also adjust the width of
the navigation pane easily.

1. Viewing a panel in the navigation pane

By default, all the panels dock in the navigation pane with a set of panel buttons
appearing on the left side of the work area. Do either of the following:

Select the button for the panel on the left side of the navigation pane.
Choose View > View Setting > Navigation Panels > [panel name].

2. Changing the display area for navigation pane

Put the cursor anywhere along the right border of the navigation pane, you will

find the cursor turns into . Then drag the right border to adjust the width of

the navigation pane.

To show or hide the navigation pane, click on the button / on its right border.

Status Bar

The status bar is an area of the workspace that displays the page number where you
are, the number of total pages, page transition buttons, zoom buttons, etc. for view
setting.

The status bar is open by default when you open a PDF. In the View tab, click View
Setting and the Status Bar items help you to show or hide the status bar.

Show Status Bar: If you check it, the status bar will appear at the bottom of the
13
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

workspace.

Auto-hide Status Bar: If you check it, the status bar is hidden. But if you put the cursor
near the bottom of the page, the status bar will appear.

Hide Status Bar: If you check it, the status bar will be hidden.

Customize Quick Access Toolbar

Quick Access Toolbar is located on the Title Bar of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window and
displays frequently used commands for document workflow, such as Open,
Undo/Redo, Save, Download, Print, and more. To customize which commands are

displayed on Quick Access Toolbar, click the icon on Quick Access Toolbar, and

select the commands that you want to appear.

Set Preferences

Many preference settings for Foxit PDF Editor Cloud are specified in the Preferences
dialog box, including settings for Editing, Commenting, Forms, Full Screen, General,
Languages, Page Display, Security, Signature, and Trust Manager. Once you set
preferences, they remain in effect until you change them.

1. Choose File > Preferences.

2. Select the type of preference you want to change under the list of categories.

AI Assistant

Leveraging AI-Generated Content (AIGC), Foxit PDF Editor Cloud seamlessly

enhances end-user productivity through its integration with ChatGPT. The AI
Assistant within Foxit PDF Editor Cloud boasts a diverse set of capabilities,
encompassing document summarization and rewriting, interactive Q&A sessions
derived from PDF content, content translation and explanation, as well as spelling
and grammar correction. Users can easily toggle the AI Assistant feature on or off by
selecting or deselecting the Enable AI Assistant option.

For enterprise-level control over the AI Assistant, administrators can conveniently

configure settings through the Foxit Admin Console, providing the flexibility to
enable or disable this feature as per organizational preferences.

14
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

Commenting

Viewing Comments
Automatically open pop-ups on mouse hover: This option enables Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud to automatically open the pop-up note when you move your mouse over
comments of any type with the Hand command or Select Annotation command
selected.
Making Comments
Copy selected text into Highlight, Squiggly Underline, Underline, and Strikeout
comment pop-ups: Check this option to copy and paste the selected text to
comment pop-up notes automatically when you highlight, squiggly underline,
underline, or strikeout annotation in PDF documents.
Floating Toolbar:
Pop up floating toolbar after comments created: Specify whether to show the
floating toolbar that allows users to perform further operations (modify
properties, open pop-up notes, etc.) right after a comment is created. This option
is selected by default.

Documents

The Document of the Preferences dialog provides several ways to browse PDF
documents.

Open Settings
o Alert user when documents request Full Screen: A message box will pop up to
confirm the operation when opening a PDF which has been defined to be
opened in full screen mode.
o Automatically upload local document to Cloud Documents when the file is
opened: With this option selected, any local document opened in Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud is automatically uploaded to Cloud Documents. This feature
allows users to automatically save PDF files online, making them accessible
from any location and device, which can significantly enhance productivity.

PDF/A View mode

Sets to view documents in PDF/A view mode (i.e. read-only mode) to prevent
modifications to the documents.

o Never: Never open documents in PDF/A view mode.

o Only for PDF/A documents: Switch to read-only mode automatically when a
PDF/A document is opened.
15
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

Save Settings
Save as optimizes for fast web view: Save documents as linearized PDFs that can
be opened and viewed from web browsers even before the whole file is
downloaded.

Redaction
After applying redaction, you can save the redacted file as a new file with the
preconfigured name automatically. To configure the name, select Adjust
filename when saving applied redaction marks, and input text in the Prefix
and Suffix boxes to configure the name.

Editing

Alert when there’s no editable text when using ‘Edit Text’ tool: An alert will
pop up notifying the user when there’s no editable text while using the Edit Text
command. By default, this option is selected.
Recognize Text: Select this option to run OCR automatically when you use the
Edit Text command in a scanned PDF.
Scanned Document Editing Settings: Click it to open a dialog box to specify the
OCR settings when recognizing text in a scanned PDF. You can select the language
used to recognize text, and enable the Make all the pages editable option to
recognize and convert text in all pages of the scanned PDF to editable text at once.

Forms

The form tab enables you to set the preferences of the interactive form display.

Automatically calculate field values: Specify whether to automatically perform all

field calculations right after users input the entries. This option is checked by
default. The setting for the option only applies to your current session, and it will
revert to the default setting after the application is restarted.
Always hide document message bar: You can decide whether to show or hide the
document message bar that appears below the toolbar area when opening an
interactive PDF form.
Highlight all fields: Checking this option allows you to highlight all form fields in
the PDF document. (Tip: The signature fields will not be highlighted after users
apply signatures). You can click the color palette to change the highlight color for
ordinary fields as well as required fields.
Open Properties box after creating field: The properties box appears when
creating a form field.
16
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

Run form recognition when creating PDF in PDF Editor: Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will
run form recognition automatically when a PDF is created and opened in Foxit
PDF Editor.
Auto-Complete: Auto-Complete includes two options that allow you to turn on or
off the auto-complete feature. When enabled, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will store
your entries and provide relevant suggestions as you fill in an interactive PDF form.
➢ Off: Turn off the auto-complete feature. No suggestion will be provided when
you fill in an interactive PDF form.
➢ Basic: Enable auto-complete feature, and provide relevant suggestions when
you enter a character in the interactive form field.
➢ Remember numerical data: This option is available when you choose Basic
or Advanced in the Auto-Complete drop-down list. If it is enabled, Foxit PDF
Editor will store numerical entries as well, otherwise, only text entries will be
remembered.
➢ Edit Entry list: Remove the saved entries from the auto-complete memory.

Full Screen

Full Screen Navigation

A. Select to show Scroll bar, Status bar, or Navigation Panels in Full Screen mode.
B. Show Exit button – Check or uncheck this option to show or hide Exit button
in Full Screen mode.
C. One page at a time – Displays a single page at a time in Full Screen mode.
D. Left click to go forward one page; right click to go back one page -- Lets you
page through a PDF document by clicking the mouse. You can also page
through a document by pressing Space, Shift + Space, or the arrow keys.
E. Loop after last page – Reverts to the first page after the last, allowing you to
page through a PDF document continuously.
F. Advance every * seconds – Select this option and type a number to specify the
frequency to automatically advance from page to page in Full Screen mode.
With this setting enabled, you can still page through a document manually
using your mouse or keyboard shortcuts.

Full Screen Appearance

Background – Click the color pane and choose the color you like to be the
background color in Full Screen mode.

Full Screen Transitions

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports page transition in Full Screen mode. There are 12

17
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

transition types: Split, Blinds, Box, Wipe, Dissolve, Glitter, Push, Cover, Uncover,

Fade, Replace, and Fly. Also, you could set the direction for the transition.

A. Ignore all transitions: Check to ignore page transition in Full Screen mode.
B. Default transition –Choose page transition for one document in the drop-
down window.
C. Direction - Set the direction for the transition.
D. Navigation control direction: If selected, the direction of page transition will
be based on your navigation direction in the document. For instance, if you
turn to the next page, the page will transition from top to bottom; to the
previous page, the page will transition from bottom to top. For some
transitions without directions, the option is not available.

General

Basic Tools

A. Use single-key accelerators to access tools: Enable single-key accelerators to

select some commands and perform some actions with single-key shortcuts.
Please refer to Single-Key Accelerators for more details.
B. Use fixed resolution for snapshots - Sets the resolution used to copy the image
captured with the Snapshot command. Automatically uses 72 pixels as default
resolution.
C. Make Hand Tool select text - Check it to enable the Hand command to become
text selection tool when moving it to the selectable content.
D. Make Hand Tool read articles – Check it to enable the navigation of an article
with the help of the pointer. After you start the article viewing mode, with the
Hand tool selected, the pointer will automatically change to a Hand tool with
an arrow in it when over an article thread. Then the clicks with the pointer will
follow the article thread, making the article navigation effective. See also View
articles. The option is checked by default.
E. Make Hand Tool use mouse-wheel zooming: Select this option to zoom
through documents while scrolling using the mouse wheel. This option is
useful for users to browse large drawings.

User Experience Improvement

You can select or deselect the Help improve user experience option to turn on
or off data collection. The collected data will be used solely for the purpose of
enhancing user experiences and improving services. Selecting or deselecting this
option will not affect any functions in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

18
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

Identity

Shows the identity of your application, including Login Name, First/Last Name, Title,
Organization Name, Organization Unit, and Email Address. The identify information is
quite useful in PDF reviews. It will help other review participants recognize your
comments easily. The Login Name is set by default (using the username of the current
operation system) and cannot be changed. Except for Login Name, you can change or
complete your identity information in Identify Preferences.

JavaScript

Enable JavaScript Actions

Use browser languages—Makes the browser language the UI language.

Choose custom language—Selects your desired UI language from the list.

Layout Grid

You can also customize the grid appearance.

Width/Height between lines: sets the spacing between grid lines.

Grid offset from left/top edge: sets the origin of the grid.
Subdivisions: sets the number of subdivisions within each grid square.
Subdivision lines are lighter than grid lines.
Grid line color: sets the color of grid lines.

Measuring

Measurement Units

Sets unit of page dimensions given in the status bar and the Print dialog box. The
19
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

unit can also be applied as the default setting for measurement if you specify it
before using the measure commands. (Tip: The unit defined in the Format tab in
the right panel prevails over the preference settings. If you do not set the measurement
unit before using the measure commands or change the unit in the Format tab during
the measurement, the unit specified in the Format tab will be used as default instead.)

Measurement Label

Choose to use the default measurement label or specify your own label.

Measurement Markup

Use Default Leader for Distance Measurement: Specify whether to show the
line leader on both sides of the measurement points or not while measuring the
distance.

Use Scale and Units From Document (When present)

Select the option to use the scale and units embedded in the document, if any.
Deselect the option to specify the scale and units manually. The option is
unselected by default.

Page Display

The Page Display panel of the Preferences dialog box includes the following options:

Default Layout and Zoom

A. Navigation tab: specifies the panel to be displayed in the opening view.

a) Page Only: displays Pages panel by default in opening view.

b) Bookmarks Panel and Page: displays Bookmarks panel by default in
opening view.
c) Pages Panel and Page: displays Pages panel by default in opening view.
d) Attachments Panel and Page: displays Attachments panel by default in
opening view.
e) Layers Panel and Page: displays Layers panel by default in opening view.

B. Default page layout: You can view PDFs in following layouts:

a) Automatic: With this option selected, in a multi-page document, displays
pages in Continuous mode, or in Single mode if the page width is larger
than the page height. If you change the page display in the View tab, the
document will display in the page layout the last time you set.
20
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

b) Single Page -- Displays one page at a time, with no portion on other pages
visible.
c) Continuous -- Displays pages in a continuous vertical column that is one
page wide.
d) Facing -- Displays each two-page spread with no portion of other pages
visible.
e) Continuous Facing -- Displays facing pages side by side in a continuous
vertical column.

For enterprise-level management of Foxit eSign service settings, administrators

can easily configure preferences through the Foxit Admin Console. This
centralized control ensures efficient and tailored management of the electronic
signature service for the entire organization.

Ignore Asia character width: With this option selected, both half-width and full-
width instances of the Asian language characters in the document will be found.

Ignore Diacritics and Accents: Ignore the diacritics and accents to find items
with any variation of the alphabetical characters. For example, if you type
“resume”, both “resume” and “résumé” will be found.

Always show more options in advanced search: Select this option to show the
additional search criteria options available besides the basic options in the Search
panel.

Security

Protected View
22
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

To protect your computer from files originating from the Internet or other
potentially unsafe locations, turn on Protected View to open these files to reduce
risks. In Protected View, files are read only and most editing actions are not
allowed.

More information about security settings, please refer to Trust settings.

Signature

Signing & Verifications

A. Sign the document immediately after the signature is placed: Check this
option to sign the document immediately when you place the signature on
the document. By default, this option is checked. When it is unchecked, you
will need to click Sign Document to apply the signature after placing it on the
document. You can still modify the document before applying the signature.
B. Control how and when signatures are verified: click Change Settings to
choose options.

▪ Verify signatures when the document is opened: If this option is checked,

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will verify the signatures when the document is
opened, and will display the signature verification results in the Digital
Signatures panel. By default, the option is checked.
▪ When document has valid but untrusted signatures, prompt to review and
trust signers: With the option selected, if the signature (not including
certified signatures) is verified as valid but is applied by an untrusted
signer with a certificate that doesn’t chain up to a trust anchor, a message
box appears in the top-right corner of the application window to inform
you the document includes signatures from signers that you haven’t
trusted yet. You can click Manage Trust in the message box to trust the
signer. More information, please refer to Trusted Certificates.
▪ Verification Behavior

o Require certificate revocation checking to succeed whenever

possible during signature verification: Specify whether or not to
check the revocation status of certificates while verifying
signatures.
o Use expired timestamps: Uses the secure time provided by the
document timestamp or the timestamp embedded in the
signature, even if the timestamp’s certificate has expired. The
option is selected by default. With the option unselected, the time
provided by the expired timestamps will be discarded and the
23
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 2: Get Started User Manual

verification time will be the time at which signature was applied or

the current time in the system based on your setting on
Verification Time.
o Ignore document validation information: Specify whether to
ignore the related certificate revocation information embedded in
the document when validating signatures.

▪ Verification Time

Verify Signature Using: You can check the digital signature for validity
based on the time when the signature was created, the time provided by
the timestamp embedded in the signature, or the current time in your
system.

Trust Manager

Please refer to Trust settings.

24
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Chapter 3 – Read
After getting acquainted with the workspace and the basic tools, you can start the
journey of PDF reading. You can open a PDF, reach a specific page easily, adjust the
view of a document, read pure texts by the text viewer tool, view documents while
listening to them, and more. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud also allows you to view PDF
portfolios, compare PDFs, search for text content in PDFs, and more.

Open PDFs

Open PDFs in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud

You can use Foxit PDF Editor Cloud’s Open File button to open a recent document,
local document, Cloud Document, or PDFs in cloud services (including OneDrive,
Google Drive, Dropbox, and Box).

1. Click the Open File button on the homepage of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.
2. In the Open File dialog box, you can choose to do any of the following:
• Select Local Computer on the left side of the dialog box, and then either click
the Choose Files button on the right to select a local file to open or directly
drag and drop the desired file into the specified area. If you do not want to
upload the local file to Cloud Documents, click Preferences above the Choose
Files button and deselect the Automatically upload local document to
Cloud Documents when the file is opened option in the Preferences dialog
box before you open the file.
• Select Recent Files/ Cloud Documents on the left side of the dialog box and
choose a file from the file list on the right to open it.
• Select OneDrive/Box/Dropbox/Google Drive on the left side of the dialog box
to open a file from your cloud service account.

Tips:
1) When a file is open in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, the icon next to the file name in
the title bar indicates whether the file is stored on your Local Computer, in
Cloud Documents, or in your cloud service account.
2) You are also allowed to open non-PDF files in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. The non-
PDF files will be converted to PDF temporarily when you try to open them.

25
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Open a secured PDF document

If you receive a PDF that is protected by security features, you may need a password
to open the document. Some protected documents have other restrictions that
prevent you from printing, editing, copying, etc.

 When opening a protected PDF, you will be prompted to enter the password.
 When trying to copy or edit a secured PDF, you will be notified that you are
prohibited to do it without the owner’s permission.

Set Foxit PDF Editor Cloud as your default PDF viewer

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud lets you edit PDFs directly in your web browser, anytime and
anywhere if there’s an internet connection. You can also set Foxit PDF Editor Cloud as
your default viewer for PDF files saved on your local drive. To do this, open the

homepage of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, click on the icon in the left part of the Title
Bar, and follow the on-screen instructions. Once Foxit PDF Editor Cloud is set as your
default viewer, double-clicking on a local PDF file will open the file in Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud using your default web browser. With this feature, you can seamlessly switch
between editing cloud-based and local PDFs without the need to download or upload
files, making it easier to manage your PDF documents.

Save PDFs

After modifying your PDF, you can save the changes to the original PDF (or save as a
new copy of a PDF) and download it to Local Computer or upload it to Cloud
Documents. You can also save PDFs as HTML, RTF, TXT and Microsoft Office files. Foxit
PDF Editor Cloud also enables you to save your PDFs to cloud services (including
OneDrive, Google Drive, Dropbox, and Box).

Tip: By default, when you are working on a Cloud Document, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
automatically saves your changes to the document a little while after each edit, providing
added protection against system crashes or power failures.

Before closing the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window, make sure to save your PDF file. To
do it, select File > Save File on the ribbon and choose one of the following options:

• Save to Local Computer: A dialog box will appear, allowing you to download
the file to your local drive. Specify the file name and location in the dialog box
as needed before downloading the file.
26
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

• Save As: In the Save As dialog box, specify the file name and choose a format
from the Save type drop-down list, and then click OK.
If you choose the .pdf format from the Save type drop-down list, a pop-up
dialog box will appear after you click OK, allowing you to download the file to
your local drive.
If you choose a non-PDF format from the Save type drop-down list, the
Settings button in the Save As dialog box will become available. Click the
button to configure additional settings for the file conversion, as needed. Next
to the button, you can choose a location to save the file. If you choose to save
the file to your Local Computer, a message box will appear in the upper right
corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window indicating that the conversion is
taking place when the conversion process starts. You can download the
converted file after the conversion completes. For more information on the
conversion settings, you can refer to the Export PDFs section.
• Save to Cloud Documents: In the Save File dialog box, specify the file name and
click Save.
• Save to OneDrive/Box/Dropbox/Google Drive: In the Save File dialog box,
specify the file name and location to save the file to your cloud service account.

Close a PDF

Close the current PDF file by doing either of the following:

• Click the homepage icon located in the upper left corner of Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud window. This will close the current PDF and return you to the
homepage.

• Click the icon on Title Bar (or use the Open File command in the File tab)

to open another file. This action will also close the current PDF.

Note: Before closing the PDF file, make sure that you have saved any changes you made
to the document.

Export PDFs

Export PDFs to Word, PowerPoint, RTF, or plain text files

1. Navigate to the Convert tab. Choose To MS Office or To Other and select the
format you want to convert the PDF to.

27
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Tips: You can also click File > Save File > Save As, and then choose the desired format
to export the PDF. See also Save PDFs.
2. In the pop-up dialog box, specify the file name and location for the output file.
3. (Optional) You can select more options from “Settings” in the Save As dialog box
before saving the file. Take exporting PDF to Word files for instance.

In the Save As DOCX Settings dialog box, select the following exporting options
according to your needs and click OK to exit the dialog box.

• Page Range: chooses the page range you want to export.

• Content Settings: specifies whether to include the comments and images
in the output. This option is not available for exporting to plain text files or
if you choose Image-based document in Export Engine Settings.
• Layout Settings: which is only available when you export PDF to Word
and RTF files, specify whether to retain the text flow or page layout in the
output. This option is not available for exporting to plain text files.
• Export Engine Settings: If the PDF is primarily images and non-text
objects, the Image-based document option is recommended. If you
choose Image-based document, click Set Languages to select the
language for OCR.
• Restore Defaults: reverts to the original default settings.
4. Click OK. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 2, a message
box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window
indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts.
You can download the converted file after the conversion completes.

Export PDFs to spreadsheets

1. Navigate to the Convert tab. Choose To MS Office > To Excel or XML

Spreadsheet 2003.
Tips: You can also click File > Save File > Save As, and then choose the desired format
to export the PDF. See also Save PDFs.
2. In the pop-up dialog box, specify the file name and location for the output file.
3. (Optional) You can select more options from “Settings” in the Save As dialog box
before saving the file. Take exporting PDF to Excel files for instance. In the Save
as xlsx setting dialog box, select the following exporting options according to
your needs and click OK to exit the dialog box.

• Page Range: chooses the page range you want to export.

• Numeric Settings: specifies the decimal and thousands separators, so
that Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will recognize the numeric data based on your
setting. The settings are not available if you choose Image-based

28
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

document in Export Engine Settings.

o Auto detect decimal and thousands separators – detects the numeric
settings based on the document.
o Treat the following as decimal and thousands separators – selects this
option and select symbols for the decimal and thousands separators.
• Excel Workbook Settings: chooses an option to create worksheets. The
settings are not available if you choose Image-based document in Export
Engine Settings.
o Create single Worksheet for the Document – The PDF will be exported
to a single Worksheet.
o Create Worksheet for each Table – Each table in the PDF will be
exported to a separate Worksheet. (Note: A table in a PDF is not always
displayed in Table form with columns and rows. The application
sometimes considers the head and tail of the page as virtual tables, so
there is also a situation where non-Table content is displayed
separately on a Worksheet).
o Create Worksheet for each Page – Each PDF page is exported to a
single Worksheet.
Note: The exported Worksheets are automatically named as “Table1”, “Table2”,
“Table3” …
• Export Engine Settings: If the PDF is primarily images and non-text
objects, the Image-based document option is recommended. If you
choose Image-based document, click Set Languages to select the
language for OCR.
• Restore Defaults: reverts to the original default settings.
4. Click OK. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 2, a message
box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window
indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts.
You can download the converted file after the conversion completes.

Export PDFs to HTML files

1. Navigate to the Convert tab and choose To HTML. (Tip: You can also click File >
Save File > Save As, and then choose the desired format to export the PDF. See also
Save PDFs.)
2. In the pop-up dialog box, specify the file name and location.
3. (Optional) You can select more options from “Settings” in the Save As dialog box
before saving the file. In the Save As HTML Settings dialog box, select the
following exporting options according to your needs and click OK to exit the dialog
box.

Page Range: chooses the page range you want to export.

29
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Content Setting: selects Include Images to export images in the PDF. The setting
is not available if you choose Image-based document in Export Engine Settings.

File and Navigation Pane Settings: chooses Single HTML Page to export the
PDF to a single HTML file, and you can add headings and bookmarks in the
navigation pane of the output HTML file; or choose Multiple HTML Pages to split
the PDF by its headings or bookmarks into several HTML files. The settings are not
available if you choose Image-based document in Export Engine Settings.

Export Engine Settings: If the PDF is primarily images and non-text objects, the
Image-based document option is recommended. If you choose Image-based
document, click Set Languages to select the language for OCR.

Restore Defaults: reverts to the original default settings.

4. Click OK. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 2, a message
box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window
indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts.
You can download the converted file after the conversion completes.

Export PDFs to accessible text

If the document is an accessible PDF, you can save it as accessible text which can
contain assistive information (such as alternate text descriptions) for images or
multimedia objects in the PDF. Accessible text is often used for a braille printer by
which accessible text can be imported and printed out as a form that vision-impaired
people can use.

To export PDF to accessible text,

1. Navigate to the Convert tab and choose To Other > To Accessible Text. (Tip: You
can also click File > Save File > Save As, and then choose the desired format to export
the PDF. See also Save PDFs.)
2. In the pop-up dialog box, specify the file name and location for the output file.
3. Click OK. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 2, a message
box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window
indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts.
You can download the converted file after the conversion completes.

Export PDFs to images

1. Navigate to the Convert tab. Choose To Image and select a file type of images.
30
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Tips: You can also click File > Save File > Save As, and then choose the desired format
to export the PDF. See also Save PDFs.
2. In the pop-up Save As dialog box, specify the file name and location for the output
file.
3. Before you click OK, you can set more options as needed like page range, color
space, and resolution by clicking the Settings button. In the pop-up dialog box,
select the exporting options:

• Page Range: chooses the page range you want to export.

• File settings: specifies a compression standard according to your
requirements for the file size and the image quality.
• Conversion: specifies the color space and resolution for the output file.
Choose Determine automatically, and Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will determine
the related settings automatically.
• Restore Defaults: clicks the Restore Defaults button to discard all the
settings above and revert to the original default settings.
4. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 2, a message box will
appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window indicating
that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts. You can
download the converted file after the conversion completes.

Export PDFs to XML 1.0 files

1. Navigate to the Convert tab and choose To Other > To XML 1.0. (Tip: You can also
click File > Save File > Save As, and then choose the desired format to export the PDF.
See also Save PDFs.)
2. In the pop-up dialog box, specify the file name and location.
3. Click OK. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 2, a message
box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window
indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts.
You can download the converted file after the conversion completes.

Export all images in the PDFs

With one click of “Export All Images”, Foxit PDF Editor enables you to export all images
in your document to separate image files.

1. Click Convert > Export All Images.

2. In the pop-up Save As dialog box, specify the file name and location for the output
file.
3. Before you click OK, you can set more options as needed like page range, color

31
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

space, and resolution by clicking the Settings button. In the pop-up dialog box,
select the exporting options:
For details about most options in the dialog box, please refer to Export PDFs to
images. In the Extraction settings, for Exclude images smaller than, select the
smallest size of the image to be extracted, i.e., the image will not be extracted if
both its width and height are smaller than the selected value. Select No limit to
extract all images in the document.
4. Each image in the original PDF document will be saved as a separate image file
whose name will be the original document name appended with the page number
and the image’s sequence on the page. For example, when you export all images
to JPG, the generated images will be named “[original document
name]_Page1_Image1.jpg”, “[original document name]_Page1_Image2.jpg”, and so
on.
5. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 2, a message box will
appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window indicating
that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts. You can
download the converted file after the conversion completes.

Tip: To export one image in your PDF, select the Select Text and Image command and
right-click the image and choose Save Image As….

Export Selected Area to Other Formats

You can also select an area with the Select Text and Image command in PDF and
export the content in the area to formats including Microsoft Word, Excel, and
PowerPoint.

1. Choose the Select Text and Image command.

2. Select the text or area (select an area by dragging a rectangle) you want to export.
Then right-click the selected area and choose Export Selection As….
3. In the pop-up Save As dialog box, choose the file format you want to export to,
and specify the filename and location.
4. (Optional) You can select more options from “Settings” in the Save As dialog box
before saving the file. For details about the options, please refer to the
corresponding instructions in the Export PDFs section according to the file format
you want to export to.
5. Click OK. If you choose to save the file to your Local Computer in Step 3, a message
box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window
indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process starts.
You can download the converted file after the conversion completes.

32
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

View PDFs

Page through a document

Open a PDF document with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, and you can then start viewing
PDFs by scrolling throughout the entire document with your mouse vertically, or by
holding Shift to scroll horizontally. You can also page through a document by the
following methods.

Scroll through Documents

Do either of the following:

Using mouse actions or keystrokes

➢ To navigate around the documents vertically, scroll the mouse wheel or press
the Down or Up Arrows on the keyboard.

➢ To navigate around the document horizontally, press Shift and scroll the
mouse wheel.

Scroll automatically

Automatic scrolling allows users to view documents without using mouse actions
or keystrokes. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud also enables you to change the scrolling
speed with ease.

A. Choose View > AutoScroll.

B. Do one of the following:

➢ To increase or decrease the scrolling speed, press the Up Arrow or Down

Arrow key, depending on the direction of scrolling. To change the scrolling
speed to a specific speed, press a number key (9 for the fastest, 0 for the
slowest).
➢ To reverse the direction of scrolling, press the minus sign (-) key.
➢ To jump to the next or previous page, press the Right Arrow key or Left
Arrow key respectively.
➢ To stop automatic scrolling and go back to Hand Command mode, click
AutoScroll again or press the Esc key.
➢ To pause automatic scrolling, press the Space key.

33
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Go to Specified Page

Click the First Page, Last Page, Previous Page and Next Page icon in the status bar
to view your PDF file. You can also input the page number to go to that specific page.
The Previous View icon in the status bar lets you return to the previous viewed
instance and Next View goes to the next viewed instance.

Note: If your PDF contains formatted page numbers, and the Use logical page numbers
option is enabled in File > Preferences > Page Display, you should input the numbers that
match the numbering on the pages rather than the physical page numbers. For instance, if
you want to view the second page of your document which is numbered ii, you should enter
ii to go to the page. See also the preference setting on logical page numbers.

Read with Bookmark

To jump to a topic using bookmarks, click the icon on the left Navigation pane to
open the Bookmarks panel. And then click the bookmark or right-click the bookmark
and choose Go to Bookmark.

If you want to hide the Bookmarks panel after you click a bookmark, click the Options
menu at the top of the Bookmarks panel and select Hide After Use, which makes the
document area wider and improves the reading experience. To keep showing the
Bookmarks panel after you click a bookmark, deselect Hide After Use.

Tips:

1. If a bookmark is too long to be displayed in the Bookmarks panel, you can right

click the bookmark (or click the Options menu at the top of the Bookmarks

panel) and select Wrap Long Bookmarks to wrap it to multiple lines for a better
view. To unwrap, deselect Wrap Long Bookmarks.

2. Clicking the Find Current Bookmark icon at the top of the Bookmarks panel

highlights the bookmark corresponding to the content in the current document view,
which can be helpful to find a bookmark as well as show you where you are.

Read with Page Thumbnail

To jump to a page with page thumbnails, click the Page Thumbnails button on
34
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

the left Navigation pane and click its thumbnail. To move to another location on the
current page, drag and move the red box in the thumbnail. More information about
page thumbnails, please refer to Page thumbnails.

Read with Article Thread

Article threads are defined for navigating articles in PDF files as skimming through a
traditional print newspaper or magazine, allowing you to focus on a specific article and
ignore the rest. To navigate an article in the document, open the Articles panel, and
double-click the article you want to view. More information about viewing articles,
please refer to View articles in the Articles section.

View PDF Portfolios

PDF portfolios are a combination of folders and files with different formats such as
Word Office files, text documents and Excel files. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides
viewing and printing PDF portfolios, as well as searching keywords in PDFs in the
portfolio.

A Sample PDF Portfolio

A. The secondary toolbar B. The component files list C. The preview pane

The portfolio window overview

When you open a PDF portfolio with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, the Portfolio context tab
35
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

appears on the ribbon with the related commands. And the portfolio window below
the ribbon may display elements including a component files (files and folders) list, a
preview pane, and a secondary toolbar. The elements are displayed in different
positions depending on the view mode you choose.

There are three portfolio view modes:

• In the Layout mode, the component files are displayed as small squares with
icons corresponding to their file types in the portfolio window. Click a file to
show the preview of the file on the preview pane. The secondary toolbar is
presented on the component files.
• In the Details mode, the component files are listed with detailed information
by displaying various columns in the portfolio window, including Name,
Description, Size, and Modified. The secondary toolbar is presented on the
component files list.
• In the Cover Sheet mode, the portfolio window only shows the cover sheet of
the portfolio, which is a PDF page displaying the logo of Foxit PDF Editor and
prompts you to download Foxit PDF Reader/Editor for the best experience.

You can switch the view mode at any time by clicking Layout, Details, or Cover Sheet
in the Portfolio context tab as needed. In both the Layout and Details view modes,
you can:

• Change the position of the preview pane by clicking Preview Pane and
choosing Right or Bottom (or choose Off to minimize or hide the preview
pane).
• Switch to the Cover Sheet mode by right-clicking on any file or blank area in
the component files list and choose Cover Sheet in the context menu.

To set the default view for any PDF portfolio when it is opened in Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud, choose Default View and select a view mode. If you select Retain Original, the
initial view of a portfolio will be used when you open the portfolio. For the initial view
setting of a portfolio, refer to Customize and modify a PDF portfolio.

View component files in a PDF portfolio

The preview pane in the portfolio window allows you to quickly preview a file without
opening it in its native application. To view a component file in the preview pane, go
to the component files list and select the file you want to view. If you have multiple

component files, you can use the / button above the preview pane to switch
between them and find the one you need.

36
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

To view the properties of a component file, right-click the file in the portfolio and

choose Show Information. Or select the component file and click the button in

the secondary toolbar.

Adjust Page View

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides multiple commands that help you adjust the view of
your PDF documents, such as the page magnification and the display of pages.

Adjust Page Magnification

Do one of the following procedures:

1. Click Zoom In > Zoom In/Zoom Out in the Home tab.

2. Select or input a magnification percentage in the field on the status

bar.
3. Using the Marquee command
The Marquee command allows you to zoom in or out on a selected area of your
document for a clear view. To use the Marquee command, please follow the steps
below:
• Click Marquee in the View tab.

• The cursor changes into , drag a rectangle on the page or just click on

the page to increase the magnification by one preset level, centering on

the point where you clicked.

• Choose the Marquee command, the cursor changes to as Ctrl-click on

the page. Drag a rectangle on the page or just click on the page to decrease
the magnification.
4. Using the Loupe command
The Loupe command allows you to easily change the magnification of a PDF file.
It is best used when you want to keep a PDF file at a standard zoom level (like
100%), but magnify certain areas. To use the Loupe command, please follow the
steps below:
• Click Loupe in the View tab.
• Move the Loupe command to the places you want to view, you will see the
amplificatory or decreased objects in the Loupe Tool dialog box.
• (Optional) Select the Lock option in the Loupe Tool dialog box. Click the
area of the document you want to view in closer detail. A red rectangle
appears in the document, corresponding to the area shown in the Loupe
Tool window. You can drag or resize the rectangle to change the Loupe

37
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

command view.
• To change the scale ratio of the Loupe Tool, you can either enter a value
in the zoom text box, or drag the slider in the Loupe Tool dialog box.

Resizing a Page to Fit the Window

There are four types for you to choose:

 To resize the page to fit entirely in the document pane, click Zoom In > Fit Page
in the Home tab, or right-click the Document Pane and choose Fit Page.
 To resize the page to fit the width of the window, click Zoom In > Fit Width in the
Home tab, or right-click the Document Pane and choose Fit Width. Part of the
page may be out of view.
 To resize the page to its actual size, click the Zoom In > Actual Size in the Home
tab, or right-click the Document Pane and choose Actual Size.
 To resize the page to fit the visible width of the window, removing the margins,
click the Zoom In > Fit Visible in the Home tab, or right-click the Document Pane
and choose Fit Visible.

Adjust the Page Display

To change the Page Orientation, right-click the document pane and choose the Rotate
View Right or Rotate View Left command.

Note: You can change the page view in 90-degree increments, but the change only affects
screen display instead of its actual orientation. You cannot save the changes in page view.

To change the page layout, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides the following page layouts:

 Single Page - Displays one page in the document pane at a time.

 Continuous - Arranges the pages in the document pane in a continuous

vertical column.

 Facing - Arranges the pages side by side, displaying only two pages at a time.

 Continuous Facing - Arranges the pages side by side in a continuous

vertical column.

 Show Cover Page During Facing -If a document has more than two pages,
the first page can be displayed alone on the right side of the document pane in
Facing and Continuous Facing views.

38
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

 Horizontal Continuous – Arranges the pages in the document pane in a

continuous horizontal column.

View Mode

Read Mode

User interface settings, such as the navigation pane, toolbar, and status bar, will be
hidden when a PDF is displayed in Read Mode. The document pane is enlarged,
reducing wasted reading space while leaving the ribbon tabs available for necessary
operations.

To view a document in Read Mode, please choose one of the following:

 Click the Read Mode button in the View tab.

 Press the shortcut key “Ctrl + H” on the keyboard.

In Read Mode, a basic toolbar will float at the bottom of the Foxit PDF Editor window .
This offers basic commands, such as save, print, zoom in/out, etc.

To exit the Read Mode, please do any of the following:

⚫ Click the Read Mode button in the View tab.

⚫ Press the shortcut key “Ctrl + H” on the keyboard.
⚫ Click the Exit Read Mode button on the floating basic toolbar at the bottom of
the screen.

Full Screen Mode

In Full Screen mode, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud’s Document Pane fills the entire screen,
with the toolbar, Status bar, and Bookmarks pane hidden behind. The mouse pointer
remains active in Full Screen mode so that you can click links.

1. To set Full Screen preferences, please go to File > Preferences > Full Screen.
2. To enter Full Screen mode, please do one of the following:

 Right-click the Document Pane and select Full Screen.

 Press the shortcut key F11.

3. To exit Full Screen mode:

39
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

 Press Esc key.

 Press the shortcut key F11.

4. Page Transition in Full Screen

Foxit PDF Editor supports page transition to turn pages in Full Screen mode. It helps

you to turn pages as the transition feature in Microsoft Power Point. There are 12

transition types: Split, Blinds, Box, Wipe, Dissolve, Glitter, Push, Cover, Uncover, Fade,

Replace, and Fly. Also, you could set the direction, speed and page range for the

transition.

To edit page transition, right-click any page thumbnail in the Pages panel and choose

Page Transitions.

Notes:

• This change only works for the current PDF.

• The pages will be turned in the same way the next time you open and view the
document in full screen mode.
• If you want to set page transition to all PDF documents opened by Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud, please choose File > Preferences > Full Screen.

Text Viewer

With Foxit Text Viewer, you can work on all PDF documents in pure text view mode. It
allows you to easily reuse the texts scattered among images and tables, and acts like
Notepad. Also, you can adjust some settings to meet your needs.

To Enter Text View mode, choose View > Text Viewer.

 Customizing Text Viewer

As soon as Text Viewer is activated, you can use the Font Setting commands to
customize your own work area. Right-click the text area to select Font Setting.

1. To change text font when reading with Text Viewer

 Right-click and choose Font Setting > Font/Color.

 Choose Font name, Font Size, and Effects from respective fields in the Font/Color

40
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

dialog box. The suggested font for best screen display is Courier New.

2. Toggle between regular style and Bold style, choose Font Setting > Bold.

3. Toggle between regular style and Italic style, choose Font Setting > Italic.

4. Change the text color and the background color

 Right-click and choose Font Setting > Font/Color.

 Change the Foreground (Font) Color and Background (page) Color. You can
preview the changes in the Sample box.
 Click OK to complete the procedure, or click Close to abandon the changes.

5. Change Text Viewer settings

 Right click the text area > select Setting…

 The Text Viewer Settings dialog box pops up.
 Below are the text viewer settings:

A. Set page width at three different levels: Current page width, Current
document width and System default width.
B. Minimal width – the valid value for this field is 0-1024. It is set to 78 by default.
C. Keep Column – for PDF tables or text columns, you can check Keep Column
to retain appropriate column in text viewer mode. It is checked by default.
D. Auto Width – for PDF tables or text columns, you can check Auto Width to
keep proper width between texts automatically. It is checked by default.
E. Auto Rotate – you can check Auto Rotate to ensure consistent orientation
with that of the printer. It is checked by default.

 Finding text in Text Viewer mode

To find text you are looking for, please refer to Find Text.

 Copying and pasting text in Text Viewer mode

1. Select text

 Select a word: Double-click the word you want to select.

 Select a line of text: Click and drag the cursor on the line of text you want to select.
 Select all the text: Press Ctrl + A or right-click the Document Pane > choose Select
All.

2. Copying text, do one of the following:

41
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

 Right-click the selected text > choose Copy.

 Select the text and then press shortcut key Ctrl + C.

3. Pasting text

To paste the selected text on Clipboard to another application, please follow the paste
command of the specific application.

Change the page view color

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows you to add a “background” color to your page view for a
more personalize look. This feature does not alter your document itself. To change
the page view color, choose View > Change Color, and select the desired color. To
restore the default white color, go to View > Change Color, and select the white color.

Note: If you have set a background color for your document via the Background command
in the Organize tab, the page view color you set may be overlapped by the document
background color.

Read Out Loud

What’s Read Out Loud?

Read Out Loud is a Text-to-Speech (TTS) tool. It reads the text in a PDF aloud, including
the text in comments and alternate text descriptions for images, tables, and fillable
fields. Text is read based on the order of the page content. With this feature, you can
obtain information without viewing the pages, helping to effectively relief eyestrain. It
also enables you to view other materials while listening to the content.

Read Out Loud uses the available voices installed on your system. If you have SAPI 5
voices installed from text-to-speech or language applications, you can choose them to
read your PDFs.

Note: Read Out Loud isn’t a screen reader, it may not be available in some operating
systems.

Activate or deactivate Read Out Loud

You need to activate Read Out Loud before using it.

➢ To activate Read Out Loud: select View > Read > Read > Activate Read.
42
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

➢ To deactivate Read Out Loud: select View > Read > Read > Deactivate Read.

Tip: You can press the shortcut key Ctrl + Shift + Y to activate or deactivate Read Out
Loud, based on the current status of the feature. After activating Read Out Loud, you
can read a PDF file out Loud.

Read a PDF Out Loud

➢ Navigate to the page that you want to read out.

➢ Choose View > Read > Read > Read Current Page or Read from Current Page.

Control Reading

While reading a PDF file, you can interrupt the reading and adjust reading volume,
speed, and voice as needed.

➢ To adjust the reading speed: choose View > Read > Speed > drag the slider.
➢ To adjust the reading volume: choose View > Read > Volume > drag the slider.
➢ To pause reading: choose View > Read > Pause.
➢ To stop reading: choose View > Read > Read > Stop.
➢ To select a speech voice for reading aloud: choose View > Read > Voice > choose
a voice from the context menu that suits your preference or matches the
document's language.

Rulers, Guides, Grids & Line Weights

Using Rulers & Guides

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides horizontal and vertical ruler guides to help you align
and position text, graphics or other objects on the page. They can also be used to
check the size and margins of your documents.

43
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Rulers & Guides

A. Rulers B. Guides

To show or hide rulers/guides, select View > View Setting > Page Display > check or
uncheck Rulers/Guides.

To create ruler guides, follow the steps below:

 Drag down the horizontal ruler to create a horizontal guide, or drag to the right
of the vertical ruler to create a vertical guide.
 Double-click a location on the horizontal ruler to create a vertical guide, or double-
click a location on the vertical ruler to create a horizontal guide.

To move ruler guides, select the Hand command, click and hold the guide, and then
drag it to a new location.

To change the unit of measurement, right-click the horizontal ruler or the vertical ruler,
and select a measurement system for the rulers.

To delete ruler guides, please do one of the following:

 To delete a guide, click the guide to select it, and then press the Delete key.
 To delete all guides on a certain page, scroll to the page, right-click the ruler area
and choose Clear Guides on Page.
 To delete all guides, right-click in the ruler area and choose Clear All Guides.

Grids

You can use grids to line up form fields and objects (including text, image, path, and
shading objects) in a PDF document. When you create or move a form field or object,
Snap to Grid can align the form field or object with the nearest grid line.

To show or hide the grid, navigate to View > View Setting > Page Display >
check/uncheck Grid.

To turn on or off the Snap to Grid option, navigate to View > View Setting > Page
Display > check/uncheck Snap to Grid.

You can also customize the grid appearance from File > Preferences > Layout Grid.

44
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Line Weights View

In Line Weights View, the lines will be displayed with the weights defined in the PDF
file. When Line Weights View is turned off, the lines will be displayed with the constant
stroke width (1 pixel), regardless of zoom. The following screenshots show the
comparison of the PDF file displayed in Line Weights View and Non-Line Weights View.

PDF in Line Weights View PDF in Non-Line Weights View

 To enter Line Weights View, please choose View > View Setting > Page Display >
check Line Weights option.
 To exit Line Weights View, please choose View > View Setting > Page Display >
uncheck Line Weights option.

Select & Copy

With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can copy texts and images to other applications.

Select and Copy Text and Images

The Select Text and Image command lets you select horizontal and vertical text or
columns of text, and images in a PDF. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud sets each ribbon with the
Hand command and Select commands for user’s convenience. To select, copy and
paste text or images, click the Select Text and Image command and do the following:

Select text and images

To select an image, please click on the image in a PDF file directly. To select text, please
do any of the following:

45
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

 Select a word: Double-click the word you want to select.

 Select a line of text: Drag the cursor toward a line of text you want to select.

 Select a column of text: Hold down the Alt key as you drag the cursor over the
desired column of text to select it.
 Select text only in a rectangle box without images: Press Alt and drag a rectangle
at the desired position you want to select.
 Select multiple paragraphs through pages: Click at the start of the selection, scroll
to the end of the selection without releasing your mouse.
 Select all the text: Press Ctrl + A, or select some text, right-click it and then choose
Select All.
 Deselect all the text: Click any area of the text.

Tip: If you right-click the selected word(s), options in the context menu allow you to perform
more tasks like copying and exporting the selected text, adding text markup, looking up a
word quickly on Dictionary.com online, and more.

Copy text and images

After selecting the text or image, do one of the following:

 Choose the Copy Text icon from the floating toolbar.

 Right-click the selected text, and choose Copy.
 Right-click the selected image, and choose Copy.
 Press shortcut key Ctrl + C.

Paste text and images

To paste the selected text on Clipboard to a PDF file, please select the Hand command
in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, use the shortcut key Ctrl + V, or right-click on the document
where you want to paste the text and select Paste.

To paste the selected image on Clipboard to a PDF file, please select the Hand
command in Foxit PDF Editor, use the shortcut key Ctrl + V or right-click on the
document and select Paste. You will see the image preview as you hover your mouse
over the document. Then click on the document where you want to add the image to
add it in the PDF file.

To paste the selected text or image on Clipboard to another application, please follow
the paste command of the specific application.

46
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

Copy Content Using the Snapshot Command

You can use the snapshot command to copy individual images or selected content
(text, images, or both) to the clipboard or other applications. Text and images will be
copied as an image.

To copy an image or a combination of text and images, do the following:

1. Select the Snapshot command by choosing Home > Snapshot.

2. The cursor changes into a Cross automatically.

3. Click and drag the mouse to draw a rectangle around the content you want to copy.
4. Three icons appear on the right of the selected area, allowing you to copy the
selected content to the clipboard, cancel the selection, and download the selected
content as an image.
5. Paste the selected image to desired destinations.

Note: The selected area will be highlighted in blue.

Find text in the current PDF

1. Click in the Search field on the title bar and click on the Show matching text
results box in the drop-down menu (or press the shortcut keys Ctrl + F) to open
the “Search” window, which appears in the top-right corner of the document area.

Then type text in the Find box and click the cog icon to set the following

search criteria as needed.

A. Whole words only -- limits the search to match only whole words. For example,
if you search for the word Read, the word Reader will not be found.
B. Case-Sensitive -- makes the search case-sensitive. For example, if you search
for the word text, the words Text and TEXT will not be found.
C. Include Page Text – This option is checked by default, which allows you to
search the text on PDF pages. If you only want to search text in certain elements
(like bookmarks or comments), deselect it and check the corresponding
option(s) in the search criteria list.
D. Include Bookmarks -- enables you to search for a word in the whole text,
including bookmarks.
E. Include Comments -- enables you to search for a word in the whole text,

47
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

including comments.
F. Highlight All Text – Highlight all the text search results in the document.
G. Properties – enables you to specify the color and opacity of the highlighting of
the search results.

2. Press Enter to start searching.

3. Click the Previous/ Next button in the “Search” window to find the previous or
next result, which appears highlighted.
4. (Optional) Click Replace under the Previous/ Next button in the “Search” window
to show the Replace With box and the related buttons, which allows you to enter
the replacement text and replace the text you search. See also Search and Replace
Text.

Advanced search

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports the advanced search function, which enables you to
search for text and pattern (such as phone numbers) in the current PDF. When the
search finishes, all occurrences will be listed in a tree view. This will allow you to quickly
preview the context and jump to specific locations. You can also save the search
results as a CSV or PDF file for further reference.

Before doing an advanced search, you can go to File > Preferences > Search to specify
search preferences. For more information, please refer to the Search preferences.

Searching for text and patterns

1. Click in the Search field on the title bar and choose Advanced Search… from the
drop-down menu to open the Search panel.

2. Select one of the following search criteria from the drop-down list:

A. Match exact word or phrase: Search for instances that match the entire word
or phrase (including the spaces) you specified in the text search box.
B. Match any of the words: Search for any instances that match at least one of
the words.
C. Looks like search pattern: Search for patterns like phone number, social
security number, or email address in the PDF file. This option is not available
when you search PDF indexes.

3. For text search, input the word you would like to search in “What word or phrase
would you like to search for” box. For pattern search, select the pattern you want
to search from the Select your pattern drop-down list, and choose the specific

48
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

county and region from the Country/Region drop-down list.

4. (Optional) Check any of the following options to specify the additional search
criteria, if needed.

a) To limit the search to match only whole words, check Whole Words Only. For
example, if you search for the word Read, the word Reader will not be found.
This criterion is only available for text search.
b) To make the search case-sensitive, check Case-Sensitive. For example, if you
search for the word text, the words Text and TEXT will not be found. This
criterion is only available for text search.
c) To search words in comments, please check Include Comments.
d) To search words in bookmarks, please check Include Bookmarks. This
criterion is only available for text search.
e) To search words in attachments, please check Include Attachments.
f) To find instances that contain the stem of the specified search word, please
check Stemming. For example, if you search for “opening” with Stemming
option checked, instances of “open”, “opened”, “opens”, and “opening” will be
found. This criterion applies to text search and index search, and is not
available if either Whole Words Only or Case-Sensitive is selected.
g) To highlight all the text search results, please check Highlight All Text.

5. Click Search button.

6. Each item listed includes a few words of context and an icon that indicates the type
of occurrence. Check the search results with the following steps:

➢ If necessary, click the plus sign (+) to expand the search results.

➢ Click a search result directly to view it in the PDF file.

7. (Optional) Click the Save button in the Search panel to save the search

results.
8. (Optional) Click New Search button to start a new search task.

Note: To find or edit text in a scanned or image-based PDF, you need to convert the content
into searchable or editable text using the OCR feature. See also OCR PDFs.

Search and highlight

After searching, users may need to mark up the searched text strings in a highlight
color. With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud’s Search & Highlight feature, users can perform an
advanced search and highlight the searched text strings with one click.
1. Click in the Search field on the title bar and choose Search & Highlight from the
drop-down menu.)
49
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

2. The Search panel opens. Search the text strings or search by patterns as needed.

3. After the search completes, you can see a Highlight icon next to the Save

button in the Search panel, a check box in front of each searched instance,
and the Check All option above the New Search button.
4. Select the check box of the instance you want to highlight and click the Highlight

icon .

Resizing the Search panel

The Search panel is displayed on the right of the document pane. When you put the

cursor along the left border of the Search panel, the cursor turns into . Then drag

the border to adjust its width. To show or hide the Search panel, click on the button
/ on its right border. When your search operation completes, click the close

button to close the Search panel.

Compare PDF Files

The Document Compare feature lets you see the difference in two versions of a PDF,
as well as select the type of differences you’re looking for to verify that the appropriate
changes have been made. The Document Compare feature does not compare
comments in the PDF.

Comparing a revised PDF to an earlier version

1. Choose View > Compare.

2. Specify Old File and New File to be compared. Click Choose… to select the file.
3. You can preview the pages of both files. Choose the specific page you want to
preview by dragging the slider or clicking the list box to select the page number.
4. Choose the specific pages you want to compare.
5. Click Options and select options as needed:

• Include
o Compare Text Only: Select it to compare the text content only.
o Compare Table: Select it to compare tables. This option is recommended
for documents that contain tables.
o Detect Page Deletions or Inserts: With the option selected, when you

50
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

compare documents, if a page is deleted or inserted in a document, the

application directly marks all text on the page as deletions or insertions
(rather than comparing the text with the other document) to provide
greater accuracy.
• Color
Select the desired highlight color for the markups that indicate the replaced,
inserted, and deleted objects in the comparison results.
• Opacity
Specify the opacity for the markups that indicate the replaced, inserted, and
deleted objects in the comparison results.
• Line Thickness
Specify the line thickness for the markups that indicate the replaced, inserted,
and deleted objects in the comparison results.
• Set current properties as default
Select it to apply the current settings to future comparison.
6. Click OK. And then a PDF document named “The result of Comparison.pdf*” will
be automatically created and opened in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window, and
the Compare Results context tab appears on the ribbon.
The result document arranges pages side by side showing Old File and New File
with the changes marked by different icons and colors. The first page shows a
summary of the comparison results including the total number and the marks for
different changes. The second page shows the detailed comparison results
including the names and sizes of Old File and New File, time compared, and the
classification of changes, with a color legend in the upper right corner. You can
click Go to the First Change (page *) on the second page to jump to the first
change.
7. In the Compare Results context tab, do any of the following:
• Click Next/Previous Change to navigate through the changes in the
document pane in both files.
• Click Filter and select items to show specific changes you need by text,
images, annotations, and formatting. Or click Filter > Everything to show all
changes.
• Click Show and select items to show/hide the results and the color legend.
Clicking Show > Show Summary navigates to the summary page.
8. You can also use the Comments panel in the navigation pane to see each change.
Click a change to quickly locate it in both documents. See also View all comments.
9. You can save the results document as needed.

Word Count

Similar to Microsoft Word, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud counts words, characters, pages,
lines and other information in all or part of your document. With no text selected, click
51
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 3: Read User Manual

View > Word Count, and you will see a pop-up Word Count box for the statistics of
the entire document.

Print PDFs

To print a PDF document, do the following:

1. Make sure you have installed the printer successfully.

2. Open the PDF document that you want to print in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, and then
do either of the following:

➢ Click the Print button on the Quick Access Toolbar.

➢ Press the shortcut key Ctrl + P.
3. In the Print dialog box, specify the page range, choose an option from Print What,
and click OK.
4. Select a printer and other printing options in the pop-up dialog box, and then
follow the on-screen instructions to print the document.

You can choose to print PDF pages associated with the selected bookmarks from the
Bookmarks panel in the navigation pane. To print from bookmarks, do the following:

1. In the navigation pane, click the Bookmarks panel and select a bookmark you want
to print.
2. Right-click the selected bookmarks and choose Print Page(s) or Print Section(s)
from the context menu.
Print Page(s): Only print the pages where the selected bookmarks (including child
bookmarks) are.
Print Section(s): Print all the pages in the bookmarked sections (including child
bookmarks).
3. Then follow the on-screen instructions to print the pages. See also “Print a PDF
document”.

52
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

Chapter 4 – Create
Up to 3 times faster than other PDF tools, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud makes creating PDF
and PDF/A documents simple and streamlined. With a click you can quickly convert
virtually any kind of file to PDF without having to open the source application.

Create PDFs

With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can easily create PDFs from files in other formats.

Create a PDF from a file

If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open in the
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), do the following:

1. Click the Open File button on the homepage of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.
2. In the Open File dialog box, directly drag and drop the desired file into the
specified area to convert the file to PDF. Note: If you do not want to upload the file
to Cloud Documents, you can click Preferences above the Choose Files button and
deselect the Automatically upload local document to Cloud Documents when the
file is opened option in the Preferences dialog box before dragging and dropping.
3. A message box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
window indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process
starts.
4. After the conversion is complete, the converted PDF file will be opened
automatically in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. You can download the file to your local
drive or save it to Foxit Cloud or your cloud service account.

Alternatively, you can navigate to the Convert to PDF tool on the homepage to create
PDFs from files.

With a document open in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window, do the following:

1. Click Convert > From Files > From File. (Tip: You can also directly drag and drop a
file to the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window to convert the file to PDF.)
2. In the Open dialog box, navigate through your local disk to select a local file. Then
click Open to start the conversion.
3. A message box will appear in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud

53
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

window indicating that the conversion is taking place when the conversion process
starts.
4. After the conversion is complete, the converted PDF file will be opened
automatically in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. You can download the file to your local
drive or save it to Foxit Cloud or your cloud service account.

Tip: You can also drag and drop a file to the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window to quickly create
a PDF from the file. After creation, download the PDF as needed.

Create PDFs from multiple files

You can easily merge files of different types into a single PDF, or you can also convert
them into separate PDFs.

Convert and combine multiple files into a single PDF

If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open in the
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), navigate to the Combine PDFs tool on the homepage
to create PDFs from files.

With a document open in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window, do the following:

1. Choose Convert > Combine Files.

2. In the Combine Files dialog box, add files you want to combine by directly
dragging and dropping files to the file list in the box, or by clicking Add files and
selecting one of the following options:

• Local Computer/Cloud Documents/OneDrive/Box/Dropbox/Google

Drive: You can choose files from local drives, Cloud Documents, or your
cloud service account.
• Add WebPage: Input a URL, or browse and select an HTML file you want to
combine. Then click Create.
• Add From Clipboard: Create a PDF from the clipboard and add it to the
file list you want to combine.
• Add Open File: Choose the currently opened PDF file to add to the file list
you want to combine.

3. (Optional) Files you added will be listed in the Combine Files dialog box. You can
adjust the order of the files to be displayed in the combined PDF by the files’ name
by clicking the arrows next to the column name in the files list. Or, adjust the order

54
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

of files manually as desired by clicking the / icon above the file list, or
dragging and dropping a file to change the file order.
4. (Optional) You can specify a page range (odd pages, even pages, or all pages) for a
PDF file to be converted.

5. (Optional) If needed, click the icon to delete the selected files. You can also

remove the selected files by pressing the Delete key.

6. (Optional) You can double-click any file in the Combine Files dialog box to open
the Edit Bookmark for File dialog box, and modify the bookmark title, which will
be one of the Top-Level bookmarks in the combined PDF after conversion. By
default, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud combines the bookmarks of the selected files as
the bookmarks of the combined PDF, with the first level of the combined
bookmarks named with the original filename of each file.
7. Select the following options as desired in the Combine Files dialog box.

 Add a new table of contents page converted from bookmarks: creates a

table of contents (TOC) from the bookmarks of the selected files in the
beginning of the merged PDF file. The original filename of each file will be the
first-level heading of TOC, each of which is followed by the bookmark
hierarchy of the file.
 Retain the logic page number during combination: selects it, and the
combined PDF file will keep the logic page numbers in the original files.

8. Click Combine to start the combination. (If you want to cancel the combining,
click the Cancel button.)
9. After the combination completes, a PDF file is created and opened automatically
in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, while the Combine Files dialog box disappears.
Rename and save the PDF as needed.

Convert multiple files into separate PDF files

If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open in the
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), navigate to the Convert to PDF tool on the homepage
to create PDFs from files.

With a document open in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window, do the following:

1. Choose Convert > From Files > From Multiple Files.

2. In the Convert Multiple Files dialog box, click Add files to select the files you want
to convert.

55
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

3. Files will be converted in a sequence as they are ordered in the Convert Multiple
Files dialog box. You can reorder the files by name, modified time, or size by
clicking the corresponding column name. Alternatively, reorder the files manually
as desired by clicking the Move Up/Down button, or by dragging and dropping
the file in the list. Select a file and click the Remove button to delete it, if necessary.
4. Click Convert.

Conversion settings

When you create PDFs from Microsoft Office files in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window,
you can specify the default conversion settings in advance.

1. Go to Convert > From Files > Convert to PDF Settings.

2. In the pop-up Converting to PDF dialog box, select the desired Office file format,
and choose a set of default conversion settings from the drop-down menu. There
are five predefined sets of default settings shown as below. You can click Edit to
create and modify your customized default settings as needed. See also Create
and modify your customized default settings.
• High Quality Print: creates PDF files for high quality print but with
relatively large file sizes.
• PDF/A-1b: creates PDF files in compliance with the PDF/A-1b standard.
• Smallest File Size: creates PDF files used for web distribution.
• Standard: creates PDF files with a balance between print quality and file
size.
• USPTO: creates PDF files that are compliant with USPTO (the United States
Patent and Trademark Office) standards.
3. Click OK.

 Create and modify your customized default settings

1. In the Converting to PDF dialog box, select an Office file type, choose a set of
default conversion settings from the drop-down menu, and then click Edit.
2. In the pop-up dialog box, specify the conversion settings in the five tabs in the
pop-up dialog box. See also Options of default settings for PDF conversion.
3. After you complete the settings, click OK to save the modification to the current
set of default settings or click the Save As… button to save the modified settings
as a new set of default settings which will be added to the default settings list.
4. The predefined sets of default settings cannot be modified.
5. (Optional) To toggle between different sets of default settings, click the Edit
Settings button and select one.

56
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

Options of default settings for PDF conversion

 The General tab

 Description – Enter a summary for the current conversion setting.

 Compatible With - With Foxit PDF Editor, you can choose the version
number from 1.3 to 1.7 when creating PDFs. Choosing the right PDF
reference version can help the PDFs to be better compatible with different
PDF viewers. See also PDF Versions.
 Optimize for fast web view – Creates a linearized PDF that can be opened
and viewed even before the whole file is downloaded.

 The PDF Standards tab

Select a PDF standard as needed from the menu under which there is the
corresponding description for your reference.

 The Watermarks tab

Add watermarks to the document – If you want to add watermarks to your

document, you can select this option and choose to add Image Watermarks or
Text Watermarks.

1. Image Watermarks:

• Image
You can browse your computer for an image and change the Opacity
and Rotation of the image which will be added into your document as
a watermark.
• Offsets
This option allows you to adjust the specific position of the watermark
by specifying the unit of measurement and the distance from the left
or top edge of the generated PDF page.
• Scale
Enter a number in the percentage box to resize the watermark in
relation to the original image size.
• Preview
You can see how the watermark will look like with the selected options.

2. Text Watermarks:

• Font

57
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

This option is activated only when Text Watermarks is selected and

you can choose the font name, font size and font color from the drop-
down menus.
• Text
You can enter text in the Content box and change the Opacity and
Rotation of the text which will be added into your document as a
watermark.
• Offsets
This option allows you to adjust the specific position of the watermark
by specifying the unit of measurement and the distance from the left
or top edge of the generated PDF page.
• Preview
You can see how the watermark will look like with the selected options.

 The Headers/Footers tab

Add Headers/Footers to the Document

This option allows you to add headers/footers to your PDF document. By checking
this option, the following options will be activated.

Font
You can choose the font name, font size and font color from the boxes.

Edit
This option allows you to edit headers/footers and you can specify their styles.
You can enter text in the columns (Left Column, Center Column and Right
Column) if needed. Click Insert Date to insert date to the PDF document. Click
Insert Page Number to insert page number to the PDF document.

Offsets
This option allows you to change the unit of measurement and specify the
margins for all 4 sides.

Preview
You can see how the headers/footers will look with the selected options.

 The Security tab

The security feature of PDF gives you exceptional control over PDF files. More
information about PDF protection, please refer to the Security chapter.

58
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

Create a PDF from a blank page

You can create a PDF from a blank page rather than beginning with a file, a clipboard
image, or scanning.

1. If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open in
the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), click the Create Blank PDF button on the
homepage of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window. If you have a document open,
select Convert > Blank on the ribbon.
2. Choose Edit > Add Text or Comment > Typewriter.
3. Click on the blank page to start typing the text you want to add to the blank page.
4. As needed, select other commands and options that you want to apply to the
PDF.
5. Once you have completed you edits, save the PDF file.

Create a PDF from Clipboard

You can create a PDF directly from your clipboard. navigate to the Convert to PDF
tool on the homepage to create PDFs from files.

1. If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open in
the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), navigate to the Convert to PDF tool on the
homepage to create a PDF from Clipboard. If you have a document open, select
Convert > From Clipboard on the ribbon.
2. The texts or images in the clipboard will be converted to a new PDF file.

Create a PDF from Web Page

To create PDF from web pages:

1. If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open in
the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), navigate to the Convert to PDF tool on the
homepage to create a PDF from Web Page. If you have a document open, select
Convert > From Web Page on the ribbon.
2. Input the URL of the web page in the box in the Create PDF From Web Page
dialog box, or click Browse to choose an HTML file.
3. Click Settings to set more conversion options.
The General tab:

59
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

PDF Settings: set the timeout to load the whole web page. Loading that takes
longer will be aborted automatically, and only the loaded content will be
converted to PDF. The default value is 120s.
Disable all hyperlinks in the generated PDFs: check this item, and all
hyperlinks will be invalid in the generated PDF.
Set all the page contents into one single PDF page: check this item, and
all the related content will be converted to one PDF page.
Create bookmarks: check this item, and bookmarks for converted web
pages will be created automatically after conversion. The created
bookmarks are named with the domain names of the web pages. If the
web pages share the same domain name, sub-bookmarks will be created
and named with the page titles. If the page has no title, the URL is used
instead.
Create PDF Tags: check this item to create a tagged PDF that includes tags
and other accessible information such as alt-text for images. With this item
selected, you can select the Optimize tag tree option to optimize the
structure tree of the tags in the created PDF, such as by removing some
unnecessary Div tags.
The Page Layout tab: specify the page size, margins and orientation for the
generated PDF as needed.
Media style:
Screen: convert the web page exactly as how it is displayed on the screen
to PDF. This option is selected by default.
Print: convert the web page based on the Print setting in the web page
itself.
Scaling:
Fixed page with no scale: convert the web page without scaling.
However, if the web page is too wide and exceeds the PDF page size
specified above, the generated PDF will be truncated.
Scale: With this option selected, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will scale the web
page if necessary to fit the width of the PDF page size specified above. This
option is selected by default.
Enlarge: With this option selected, if the web page is too wide and exceeds
the PDF page size specified above, Foxit PDF Editor will enlarge the PDF
page size automatically.

Create a PDF from a template (Available in Certain

Languages )

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides various designed templates including letters, resume,
invoice, and more. You can choose the desired template and quickly create a PDF from
60
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

it. (Note: An Internet connection is required to use the feature.)

1. If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open
in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), click the Template button on the
homepage of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window. If you have a document open,
select Convert > From Template on the ribbon.
2. In the pop-up Template dialog box, navigate through various templates and
click on the desired template to open the template in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
window. (Tip: To search for a template, enter a search word like letter, resume, or
invoice in the Search template box. Or, select a category under the search box like
Business, Marketing, or Human Resources, and choose a desired template.)
3. Save it as your own PDF document after making edits.

Create and customize a PDF portfolio

PDF portfolios are a combination of files with different formats such as Microsoft
Office files, text documents and Excel files. Foxit PDF Editor lets you quickly create and
customize a PDF portfolio.

Create a PDF portfolio

You can use Foxit PDF Editor Cloud to quickly create a blank PDF portfolio or a new
PDF portfolio from any file. After creation, you can also add more files, create folders,
delete files/folders and more within the PDF portfolio.

To create a new PDF portfolio from files, please do the following:

1. If you are not currently working on a document (i.e., with no document open
in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window), navigate to the Convert to PDF tool on
the homepage to create a PDF portfolio. If you have a document open, select
Convert > PDF Portfolio > Create a new PDF portfolio on the ribbon.
2. In the pop-up dialog box, select a file you want to attach to a PDF portfolio and
click Open.
3. After creation, the generated portfolio will be automatically opened in the
application, and the Portfolio context tab appears on the ribbon. Then you
can change the view mode, add more files, and create folders, as needed.
Tip: To quickly add files, you can copy-and-paste or drag-and-drop files to the
portfolio.

You can also choose the Create a blank PDF portfolio option to create a blank PDF
portfolio from scratch. Once created, you can use the commands in the Portfolio

61
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

context tab to add files from local drives and create folders.

For a PDF portfolio without a Table of Contents (TOC), you can click Regenerate TOC
to create a TOC; for a PDF portfolio with a TOC, if any file/folder is added or removed,
you can click Regenerate TOC in the Portfolio tab to update the TOC. The headings
of the TOC generated is made up of the names of folders (including the subfolders)
and files in the portfolio, arranged in an order that the files and folders are displayed
in the portfolio. For a folder which is nested with multiple levels of subfolders, in the
TOC the folder names are displayed up to five levels.

Customize and modify a PDF portfolio

You can customize and modify component files and folders in the portfolio using the
secondary toolbar above the component files list in the Details or Layout view, the
right-click menu of a component file, and the Portfolio Properties dialog box as
needed.

⚫ To delete a file, select it and click the button in the secondary toolbar, or right-

click it and choose Delete.

⚫ To extract a file from the portfolio, select it and click the button in the

secondary toolbar, or right-click the file and choose Extract from Portfolio….
Then specify the name and location of the extracted file. Extracting a file does not
delete it from the PDF portfolio.
⚫ To edit the description of the portfolio, please navigate to File > Properties >
Description.
⚫ To reduce the size of a PDF file in the portfolio, right-click it and choose Reduce
File Size…. In the pop-up dialog box, choose a PDF version and click OK. See also
PDF Versions.
⚫ To edit the properties of the portfolio, right-click on any file or blank area in the
portfolio window (except Preview Pane) and choose Portfolio Properties. In the
Portfolio Properties dialog box, you can:
o Specify fields (columns) you want to show in the list of component files
and folders in the portfolio window. Select the check boxes of the fields,
or click on the field names and click the Show button. The field names are
displayed under the secondary toolbar. To hide fields, unselect the check
boxes, or click on the field names and click the Hide button. In the Name
column, if a folder in the portfolio contains several items, a number in
parentheses appears after the folder name to indicate the total number
of the items.
o Add an optional field. Click Add, enter the field name and click OK. To
62
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

delete an optional field, select the field and click Delete. The required
fields such as Name cannot be deleted.
o Arrange the field order by selecting the field name and clicking Up or
Down.
o Specify the order of the files and folders in the portfolio when the portfolio
is opened. To do this, select a field name in the Sort By menu and then
choose an order in Sort Order. By default, the component files and folders
in a PDF portfolio are displayed alphabetically by filename.
o Specify the initial view of the document by choosing an option from Initial
View.
o If the Portfolio Properties dialog box pops up after you right-click a
component file and choose Portfolio Properties, the Show current
document when opening portfolio option is available. You can select
this option so that the file will be opened in the preview pane next time
you open the portfolio.

Tip: You can do more actions by right-clicking a file in the portfolio.

OCR PDFs and PDF Portfolios

Optical Character Recognition, or OCR, is a software process that enables images or

printed text to be translated into machine-readable text. OCR is most commonly used
when scanning paper documents to create electronic copies, but can also be
performed on existing electronic documents (e.g. PDFs or PDF portfolios).

Recognize text

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud can detect whether a PDF file is scanned or image-based and
make corresponding suggestions to initiate OCR when opening a scanned or image-
based PDF. You can also run OCR anytime to recognize the image-based text in a PDF.

To recognize image-based or scanned text in a PDF file, perform the following steps:

1. Click Convert > Recognize Text > Current File.

2. In the Recognize Text dialog box, specify the page range you need.
3. Choose the language used in your document. You can select multiple languages
as well.
4. In the output type, select Searchable Image Text or Searchable Image Text
(original image) to make the image text selectable and searchable, or select
Editable Text to enable the image text to be edited with Foxit PDF Editor. With
Searchable Image Text or Editable Text selected, you can set a DPI value for the

63
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

output in the Downsample To item to compress images in the document and

reduce the file size during the OCR process.

• Searchable Text Image/Searchable Image Text (original image):

During the OCR process, Foxit PDF Editor analyzes the image text and
substitutes words/characters that closely approximates the image text.
The substitute words/characters will be placed on an invisible layer of text
in the PDF, which makes the image text selectable and searchable. If the
substitution is uncertain, the text will be marked as OCR suspects which
need to be corrected manually.
• Editable Text: During the OCR process, Foxit PDF Editor compares the
shape of the image text to the approximate fonts installed on your system,
and turns the image text into editable text.

5. (Optional) If you select Editable Text in Step 4, the Recognize the line segments
as path objects in the PDF option is available. If the image text in your document
contains tables, selecting this option helps better recognize the line segments, but
it may take longer to complete recognition.
6. Click OK. A recognition text process bar will pop up to show the progress. You can
download the OCRed file after the recognition completes.
7. Do the search function in the OCRed file, the text on your image or scanned
document will be searchable or editable.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides the Quick Recognition command under
Home/Convert tab to recognize all pages of a scanned or image-based PDF with
default settings (or the settings you specified in the Recognize Text dialog box last time
when you use the Recognize Text command) by one-click.

To recognize text in multiple files:

1. Click Convert > Recognize Text > Multiple Files.

2. In the Recognize Text dialog box, click Add Files to add files. Use Move up, Move
down, and Remove to adjust the order of the files.
3. Click Output Options…. In the Output Options dialog box, choose how to name
the new file and then click OK.
4. Click OK.

PDF versions

When creating or optimizing PDFs, you can choose which PDF version to use by
selecting a compatibility option (a version from 1.3 to 1.7). The latest version includes
all the newest features and functionality. Generally, it’s recommended to use the most

64
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 4: Create User Manual

recent version (in this case 1.7) unless you are required to use a backward
compatibility. Your choice does not affect the functionality in the generated PDFs if
they are processed in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, which is designed based on version 1.7
and supports all the functionality of each version. If processed in non-Foxit PDF
applications, the generated PDFs may have differences in some of the PDF
functionality when you choose different versions. For the details about the differences,
see Help or related documentation for the corresponding application.

65
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Chapter 5 – Edit
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides not only general editing features to create bookmarks,
add links, attach files, add images, play and insert multimedia files on PDF files, but
also advanced editing features to select, insert, modify, remove and rotate texts,
images, graphics and shadings. You can go to the Edit tab directly to use different
editing features to easily and efficiently change contents in any existing PDF files.

Undo and Redo

When making quick adjustments to your document, you may want to undo or redo
the most recent action performed. You can undo and redo up to 10,000 actions in
Foxit PDF Editor.

Undo your last action

 Click Undo on the Quick Access toolbar of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window.

 Press Ctrl + Z.

Note: Some actions can’t be undone, such as clicking any command on the File tab. If you

can’t undo an action, the Undo command will be grayed out .

Redo actions

 Click Redo on the Quick Access toolbar of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window.

 Press Shift + Ctrl + Z.

Links

This function helps you to lead the readers to related articles, references, or the
intended web page.

You can also add links in PDF files with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. There are three
commands of links for you: Link, Web Links, and Bookmark in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

66
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Link

Add a link

The Link command enables you to add a link with the shape of rectangle on the PDFs.
To add a rectangle link, please do the following:

1. Choose Edit > Link.

2. Position the cursor on the place you want to add the link, hold and drag your
mouse button to draw a rectangle. (Tip: In a tagged PDF, you can create a link directly
from selected text by right-clicking the selected text and choosing Create Link… from
the context menu, with the link tag automatically created at the same time.)
3. Pops up the Create Link dialog box. Specify the appearance and destination of
the link.

• Appearance

A. Thickness – the thickness of the four sides of the rectangle. The higher of the
value, the thicker of the sides. You can choose the thickness from 0-12, while
the default is 1.
B. Border Style – the style of the rectangle’s border. There are three types of the
border styles:
Solid: the border is solid, but not hollowed out.
Dashed: the border is drawn as a dashed line.
Underline: the sides are visible except the underline.

Solid Style Dashed Style Underline Style

Three types of border style

C. Highlight - the effect when you click the rectangle link. There are four types of
the highlighting effects:

None: doesn’t change the appearance of the link.

Invert: changes the link’s color to its opposite.

Outline: changes the link’s outline color to its opposite.

67
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Inset: creates the appearance of an embossed rectangle.

None Invert Outline Inset

Four types of highlight

D. Color - the border color of the rectangle. Click the color button to choose any
colors you like, or you may choose Other Color to add a customized color. The
default color is red.

• Destination

The destination refers to any point or location, for example, a web page or a
position the link goes to. Choose an option from the Select Actions drop-down
menu:

A. Go to a page view – designate the link to a specific page view. To go to a page

view, choose this option, scroll the current document (or type a page number in
the target box), and go to a position where you want to set. Also, you may change
the current zoom setting and then set the position.

B. Open a web link – designate the link to open a web page. Choose this option
and enter the URL of the destination web page.

4. Click OK.

Move or resize a link

You can move and resize the link after you create it.

Choose the Select Annotation command and click on the desired link.
Then do one of the following:

A. To move the link, drag it to the desired area.

B. To resize the link, drag any corner point to adjust.

Delete a link

1. Select the Select Annotation command

68
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

2. Select the link you want to delete.

3. Press the Delete key.

Web Links

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows users to check URLs in the PDF document automatically
and add link annotations directly to the related URLs.

Create web links from URLs

To create web links, please do as following:

1. Click Edit > Web Links > Create links from URLs.

2. In the pop-up Create web links dialog box, choose Current Page or All Pages to
create links from all URL in the current page or all pages in the document, or choose
From …To and enter a page range to create links on selected pages. Click OK.

3. A message box will pop up to prompt you how many web links were added to the
document.

Remove all web links

To remove all web links, choose Edit > Web Links > Remove all links.

Append all web links on the current page

You can download all web links on the current page and convert the linked web pages
to PDF pages that will be appended to the end of the current PDF. This feature is
helpful when some of the content in the linked web pages is not accessible for visually
impaired users.

To append all web links on the current page, choose Edit > Web Links > Append All
Web Links on Current Page. The converted pages are appended to the end of the
current PDF. By default, only one level of the linked websites is converted to PDF pages
with bookmarks created. The created bookmarks are named with the domain names
of the web pages. If the web pages share the same domain name, sub-bookmarks will
be created and named with the page titles. Please note that after conversion the
downloaded links in the document will change to internal links that will jump to the
converted pages in the document when you click them.
69
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

View all web links on a page

You can not only view all web links on a page, but also download selected links to
convert the linked web pages with custom settings to PDFs that will be appended to
the end of the current PDF.

1. Choose Edit > Web Links > View Web Links. In the pop-up dialog box, you can
view all web links in the current page.
2. Choose a link and click Properties… to customize conversion settings. See also
Create a PDF from Web Page.
3. (Optional) click Select All to select all web links in the dialog box, or click Clear All
to unselect them.
4. Select the links you want to download, and click Download. Then a progress dialog
box pops up.
5. After the downloading completes, you can see the linked web pages are
successfully converted and appended to the end of the current document. Please
note that after conversion the downloaded links in the document will change to
internal links that will jump to the converted pages in the document when you click
them.

Bookmarks

Please refer to Bookmarks.

Bookmarks

Bookmarks are navigational tools that make your PDF files easier to read. They are
usually generated automatically during the PDF creation.

Bookmarks are useful for users to mark a place in a PDF file so users can return to it
with ease. Or you may like to have your own bookmark structure and new bookmark
names. With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can easily nest, edit, or delete bookmarks in
a PDF file if the security settings allow.

Add a bookmark

1. Choose View > View Setting > Navigation Panels > Bookmarks or click the
Bookmarks icon on the navigation panel to open the Bookmarks panel.
2. Go to the page where you want the bookmark to link to. Or select the text that you

70
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

want to add to a bookmark in the document pane.

3. Adjust the view settings, if necessary.
4. Select the bookmark (if any) after which you want to place the new bookmark. If
you don’t select a bookmark, the new bookmark is automatically added at the end
of the bookmark list.
5. Do any of the following:

(For selected text only) Click the Bookmarks icon on the toolbar floating
above the selected text. Or right-click the selected text and choose
Bookmark.
Click Edit > Bookmark.

Click the New Bookmark icon at the top of the Bookmarks panel.

Right-click the selected bookmark, and choose Add Bookmark.

Click the Options menu at the top of the Bookmarks panel, and choose

Add Bookmark.
Press the shortcut key Ctrl + B.

6. Type or edit the name of the new bookmark, and press Enter.

Add tagged bookmarks

If your document is a tagged PDF document, you can add bookmarks from the
structural information of the document elements (such as headings and paragraphs),
which will help you easily navigate and work on the document. You can create a tagged
PDF from a document that can be structured in its authoring application (such as
Microsoft Word).

To add tagged bookmarks, do as the following:

1. Go to the Bookmarks panel in the navigation pane.

2. Click the Options menu and choose New Bookmarks from Structure…. If your
document is not a tagged PDF, the option is greyed out and not available.
3. In the pop-up dialog box, select the structure element you want to create tagged
bookmarks from. To select multiple elements, Ctrl-click or Shift-click the elements
you need; to select all elements, click the Select All button in the dialog box. To
unselect all the elements you selected, click Clear All.
4. Click OK. Then the tagged bookmarks are created and nested under a new
bookmark named “Untitled” by default.

71
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Edit a bookmark

In Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you are able to rename a bookmark, reset a bookmark’s
destination, or customize the text appearance of a bookmark with ease if the security
settings allow.

 To rename a bookmark

Right-click the bookmark you want to rename in the Bookmarks panel > Rename>
type the new bookmark name. Or you double click the bookmark you want to
rename and then type the new name.

 To change a bookmark’s destination

You can change a bookmark’s destination by doing either of the following:

 In the document pane, move to the location you want to specify as the new
destination. Adjust the view magnification as needed. Right-click the
bookmark, choose Set Destination, and select Yes in the pop-up dialog box.
If you do not want to see the dialog box the next time you reset a bookmark’s
destination, select the Don’t show again option in the dialog box.
 Change a bookmark’s destination via the Properties dialog box:
1) Right-click the bookmark in the Bookmarks panel and choose

Properties. Or, select the bookmark, click the Options menu at the

top of the Bookmarks panel, and select Properties.

2) Choose the Actions tab in the pop-up Bookmark Properties dialog box.
Under Actions, you can see the current trigger and action for the
bookmark. Select the action Go to a page view and then click the Edit
button.
3) Enter the page number in the Target box, set the page view of the new
destination as needed, and click OK.
4) Click Close in the Bookmark Properties dialog box.

 To customize the text appearance of a bookmark

1. In the Bookmarks panel, click on a bookmark to select one bookmark.

2. At the top of the Bookmarks panel, click the or button to enlarge

or reduce the text size of all the bookmarks.

3. Right-click the selected bookmark and choose Properties.
4. In the Bookmark Properties dialog box, click the Appearance tab, and select

72
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

the font style and color for the text.

Note: After defining a bookmark’s appearance, you can set it as bookmarks’ default
property by right-clicking the bookmark and then selecting the option of Use Current
Appearance as New Default.

 To add an action to a bookmark

1. Right-click a bookmark, and choose Properties.

2. In the Bookmark Properties dialog box, click Actions.
3. Choose an action from the Select Action menu and click Add, and then refer
to the section of “Actions tab for the button properties”.

 To delete a bookmark, please do one of the following:

1. Select the bookmark you want to delete and click the Delete button at

the top of the Bookmarks panel.

2. Right-click the bookmark you want to delete and choose Delete.

Note: Deleting a bookmark deletes all the bookmarks that are subordinate to it.

Move a bookmark

Select the bookmark (named “Bookmark A”) you want to move, and then do one of the
following:

• Hold the mouse button down and then drag “Bookmark A” directly to the desired
place. A dashed line shows the place where the bookmark will be located.
• Right-click “Bookmark A” > choose the Cut option > right-click the bookmark
(named “Bookmark B”) under which you want to place “Bookmark A” > choose
“Paste after Selected Bookmark” (“Bookmark B” will be in the same hierarchy with
“Bookmark A”) or choose “Paste under Selected Bookmark” to put “Bookmark A”
under the “Bookmark B” (“Bookmark B” will be the parent bookmark).

Note: The bookmark links to its original destination in the document although it is moved.

Organize a bookmark hierarchy

A bookmark hierarchy is an outline or stratified structure that places some bookmarks

within others. In Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, multilevel bookmark hierarchy can be defined
by properly dragging the bookmark icon in the Bookmark panel.

73
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

To nest a bookmark or move a bookmark out of nested position, please refer to Move
a bookmark.

 To expand or collapse a bookmark

In a bookmark hierarchy, to expand a bookmark (a parent bookmark with child

bookmarks) and show the child bookmarks, directly click the plus sign (+) next to the
parent bookmark. Click the minus sign (-) to collapse the parent bookmark and hide
its child bookmarks. To collapse all bookmarks, right-click any bookmark in the

Bookmarks panel (or click the Options menu at the top of the Bookmarks panel)

and choose Expand/ Collapse All Bookmarks. When no bookmarks are expanded in
the Bookmarks panel, you can right-click any bookmark (or click the Options menu
at the top of the Bookmarks panel) and choose Expand/ Collapse All Bookmarks to
expand all bookmarks.

Page thumbnails

Page thumbnails, which are miniature portraits of pages in a document, are displayed
in the Pages panel in the Navigation pane. Clicking on a page thumbnail takes you to
the corresponding page in the document. Page thumbnails are useful for performing
whole-page operations such as reorganizing PDF pages. For more information, please
refer to Chapter 6 – Organize.

You can also resize, embed, and unembed thumbnails.

Resize page thumbnails

You can click the Pages panel in the Navigation pane to view the page thumbnails. To
resize a page thumbnail, right-click any thumbnail and choose Enlarge Page
Thumbnails or Reduce Page Thumbnails.

Note: Page thumbnails revert to their default size if you close and reopen the PDF document.

Embed page thumbnails

By default, in an opened PDF document, you can see the page thumbnail in the Pages
panel in the Navigation pane. These page thumbnails are created on-the-fly whenever
you open the Pages panel. For large documents, generating the page thumbnails can
take several seconds.

74
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Embedding page thumbnails into the document makes them appear faster, but
increases the file size. Page thumbnails are not embedded by default. To embed page
thumbnails, do as the following:

1. Right-click any thumbnail and choose Embed All Page Thumbnails.

2. Click OK in the pop-up message box.
3. Save the file.

Remove embedded page thumbnails

You can remove the embedded page thumbnails from the document, which reduces
the file size of the document.

1. Right-click any thumbnail and choose Remove Embedded Page Thumbnails.

2. Click OK in the pop-up message box.
3. Save the file.

Destinations

When creating a link in a PDF, you can link to a specified destination in the document.
With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can create and manage destinations in the
Destinations panel in the navigation pane.

Create a destination

1. Navigate to the location in the document you want to set as the destination.
2. In the Destinations panel, click the Create new destination icon or choose the
New Destination command from the Options menu. Name the destination.
3. Save the document.

Manage destinations

You can sort, change, and delete destinations in the Destinations panel.

Sort destinations

To sort destinations, choose Sort by Name or Sort by Page from the Options menu
in the Destinations panel.

75
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Change destinations

To navigate to the location of a destination in the document, double-click the

destination in the Destinations panel, or right-click the destination and choose Go To
Destination. You can change the target location and the name of a destination by
doing the following:

• To change the target location of a destination in the document, navigate to the

desired location, right-click the destination in the Destinations panel, and
choose Set Destination.
• To rename a destination, select the destination in the Destinations panel, click
on the name of destination and type a new name. Or right-click the destination
in the Destinations panel and choose Rename.

Delete destinations

To delete a destination, right-click a destination in the Destinations panel and choose

Delete. Or choose the destination and press Delete on the keyboard.

File Attachments

You can attach PDF files and other types of files to a PDF. There are two options for
you to add an attachment: attaching a file as a comment and attaching a file to the
entire PDF. An attached file as a comment will appear in the page with the File

Attachment icon by default, while the attached file to the PDF file acts invisible
and only can be seen when you click the Attachment panel in the navigation pane.

Add a file as a comment

1. Choose the File command in the Comment tab.

2. Position the pointer to the place where you want to attach a file as a comment >
click the selected position.
3. In the Open dialog box, select the file you want to attach, and click Open.
Note: If you try to attach certain file formats (such as EXE), Foxit PDF Editor will provide
you with a warning that your attachment will be denied due to your security settings.

4. The File Attachment Icon appears at the place you designated in the PDF file.

5. (Optional) When you click the icon , you will find a toolbar floating around the
76
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

comment, which allows you to change the color of the icon quickly. Or you can
change the appearance of the icon in the Format tab that appears in the right
panel when you select a comment or are making a comment.
6. (Optional) Add a text message to the file attachment comment. To do this, click

the icon , select the Edit note icon on the floating toolbar to open the
pop-up note on the document pane, and then type a text message.
7. (Optional) You can move the file attachment icon. Select the Hand command or
the Select Annotation command, click and drag the File Attachment Icon to move
it to another place you like.

You are able to work on an attachment comment just like an ordinary comment,
including setting status, marking with checkmarks, opening pop-up notes and adding
some descriptions, replying to the comment, and changing the icon’s appearance. For
all the operations, please refer to “Chapter 7 – Comment”.

Add a file to the entire PDF as an attachment

1. Click the attachment button on the navigation pane and click Add button

in the Attachments panel, or choose Edit > File Attachment.

2. In the File Attachment dialog box, click the Add Files… button. Navigate through
your local disk to select local files, and click Open.
3. Click OK after adding the desired files.
4. The added document will be displayed in the attachment panel.

Tip: Save the document after adding file attachments, and a red dot appears on the icon

of the attachment panel in the navigation pane.

Work on an attachment

You can save, edit descriptions, delete and do settings to the attachments. Click the

attachment button on the navigation pane to open the Attachments panel >

select the desired attachment(s) > click the Save button /Add button /Edit

Description button / Delete button .

77
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Delete an attachment comment

To delete an attachment, select the attachment and click the Delete button in the

Attachments panel. For an attachment as a comment, you can also delete it in one
of the following ways:

Select the Hand command, Select Annotation command, or the

corresponding commenting tool > click the file attachment icon > press the
Delete key.
Select the Hand command, Select Annotation command, or the
corresponding commenting tool > right-click the file attachment icon > choose
Delete from the context menu.

Choose Delete from the Options menu (the vertical three-dot icon in the
upper right corner of the pop-up note of the comment).

Images

You can specify a rectangle on any part of a PDF page and then insert an image into
that rectangle. This feature is helpful when you want to explain or show something
more dynamically.

Add an image

You can add an image to a PDF with the Image Annotation command. After you insert
a new image, you can adjust its size and position, change the appearance and other
settings, etc.

To add an image, do the following:

1. Choose Edit > Image Annotation.

2. Drag a rectangle on the page to define the canvas area for the image.
3. In the Add Image dialog box, click the Browse button to select the image that you
want to insert and click the Open button.

78
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Move and resize an image

To move an image, please do the following:

1. Select the Select Annotation command.

2. Click and drag the image to another place you like.

To resize an image, please do the following:

1. Select the Select Annotation command and then click the image.
2. Place the cursor on any corner point. The cursor changes into the cursor showing
the direction at which the rectangle will be resized.

To resize the image

3. Drag the cursor outside, it will increase the size of the rectangle proportionally.
Drag the cursor inside and it will decrease the size of the rectangle proportionally.

Set properties of an image

1. Right-click the image with the Select Annotation command and select Properties….
2. In the Appearance tab, adjust the image's border settings, including its thickness,
style, color, and opacity, and do any of the following:

 Locked – When selected, prevents any further changes to any image

properties.
 Close – Applies and saves the current properties, and closes the image
properties dialog box.

3. For the Actions tab, please refer to “Actions tab for the button properties”.

Delete an image

1. Select the Select Annotation command and then click the image.
2. Press Delete or right-click the image > Delete.

79
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Arrange images

To select multiple images, do as the following:

1. Select the Select Annotation command.

2. Press and hold Shift or Ctrl and click the images you want to edit.

Align images

 Select two or more images that you want to align. (Tip: When you right-click or Ctrl-
click one of the selected images, it will be the anchor image.)
 Select a type of alignment from the toolbar floating around the selected images,
or right-click the anchor image and choose Align. Then choose a type of alignment.
A. To align a column of images, choose Left, Right, or Vertically to align them
respectively to the left edge, right edge, or vertical axis of the anchor image.
B. To align a row of images, choose Top, Bottom, or Horizontally to align them
respectively to the top edge, bottom edge, or horizontal axis of the anchor
image.

Note: The alignment commands move the other selected images to line up with the edges
of the anchor image.

Center images

This function enables you to center the selected images as a whole vertically,
horizontally, or both. To center the selected images, select a type of centering from
the toolbar floating around the selected images, or right-click the anchor image >
Center > choose a type of centering.

Distribute images

This function will be available when selecting three or more images.

 To distribute the images evenly between the topmost and bottommost images,
choose Vertically from the Distribute group or from the toolbar floating around
the selected images, or right-click the anchor image > Distribute > Vertically.
 To distribute the images evenly between the leftmost and rightmost images,
choose Horizontally from the Distribute group or from the toolbar floating
around the selected images, or right-click the anchor image > Distribute >

80
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Horizontally.

Resize multiple images

You can adjust multiple images with the same height, width, or both. Select one of the
images as the anchor, and the rest of the images will be resized with the same height
or width as that of the anchor image. To resize the selected images, right-click the
anchor image > Size > choose Height/Width/Both.

Setting properties of multiple images

 Select multiple images > right-click one of them > Properties…

 A dialog pops up with an Appearance tab. Follow the steps specified in “Setting
properties of an image”.

PDF Optimizer

With PDF optimizer, users can update the PDF version and reduce file size by
compressing contents, unembedding fonts, and clearing out the data redundancy of
PDF objects. Users can optimize PDFs with custom advanced settings, or reduce file
size quickly with the default settings.

Reduce file size with default settings

You can use the Reduce File Size command to quickly optimize documents with the
default settings, which are suitable for a wide range of documents. With this command,
you can also reduce file size for multiple files at the same time. To reduce file size with
default settings, do as the following:

1. Choose File > PDF Optimizer > Reduce File Size.

2. A dialog box pops up. For PDF Version Compatibility, choose Retain existing to
keep the current PDF version, or choose a desired PDF version from the drop-
down menu. Then click OK.

Advanced optimization

With the Advanced Optimization command, you can select professional settings to
achieve advanced PDF optimization. To optimize PDF with advanced settings, please
do as the following:
81
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

1. Choose File > PDF Optimizer > Advanced Optimization.

2. The PDF Optimizer dialogue box pops up.
3. Click Audit space usage to see the space usage of the current PDF file and then
you can decide which items are needed to be optimized.
4. In Make compatible with, select a PDF version to save the current file under. See
also PDF Versions. The settings available in the following steps vary from different
PDF versions.
5. Select the check box next to an item on the left and do the corresponding settings
as needed on the right. If you deselect the check box for an item, all the settings
associated with the item will not be applied. For the detailed options in each item,
please refer to Advanced optimization options.
6. Click OK and save the optimized PDF file.

Advanced optimization options

There are five panels where you select advanced options for PDF optimization:
Compress Images, Unembed Fonts, Discard Objects, Discard User Data, and Clean Up.

 The Compress Images panel

In the Compress Images panel, you can select options to specify downsampling and
compression for color, grayscale, and monochrome images.

Downsample: Select a downsampling method, and set the appropriate image

resolution values. For images with higher resolution than the For Images Above value
you input, reduce the image resolutions to the specified resolution by merging pixels
in a sample area of the image to make one larger pixel.

◆ Off – Turn off downsampling.

◆ Average Downsampling - Average the pixels in a sample area and then
substitute the entire area with the average pixel color at the resolution you
specified.
◆ Subsampling - Select a pixel from a sample area and then substitute an entire
area with the selected pixel at the specified resolution. This method reduces
conversion time as compared with downsampling, but the generated images are
less smooth and continuous.
◆ Bicubic Downsampling - Use a weighted average, instead of a simple average (as
in Average Downsampling) to decide pixel color. This method increases
conversion time but produces the smoothest tonal gradations.

Compression: Reduces file size by removing unnecessary pixel data. You can specify

82
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

a compression standard to process images. Generally, apply ZIP, JPEG, or JPEG 2000
compression to color/grayscale images, and ZIP, JBIG2, CCITT Group 3 or 4, or Run
Length compression to Monochrome images. You can make your choices by following
these rules:
⚫ JPEG and JPEG 2000 compression give better results on images like photographs
with gradual transitions from color to color. JPEG 2000 produces a higher quality
final image, even when using lossy compression.
⚫ Because JPEG compression eliminates data, it can achieve much smaller file sizes
than ZIP compression.
⚫ ZIP is the better choice for illustrations with large areas of single colors or
repeating patterns, and for monochrome images that contain repeating patterns.
⚫ CCITT (Consultative Committee on International Telegraphy and Telephony)
compression is available only for monochrome bitmap images. CCITT Group 4 is
a general-purpose method that produces good compression for most
monochrome images. CCITT Group 3, used by most fax machines, compresses
monochrome images one row at a time.
⚫ JBIG2 (Lossless)/ JBIG2 (Lossy) is appropriate for bi-level or monochrome images
which is suitable for lossless or lossy compression. For monochrome images,
JBIG2 compression is superior to CCITT.
⚫ Run Length produces the best results for images that contain large areas of solid
white or black.
⚫ High Compression applies to almost all images. If you intend for small-size images
and don’t care about the quality, High Compression can produce smaller images
than other compression methods do. (Available in Foxit PDF Editor Pro Only)

Tile Size: Divides the image being compressed into tiles of the specified size. (If the
image height or width is not an even multiple of the tile size, partial tiles are used on
the edges.) Image data for each tile is individually compressed and can be individually
decompressed. The default value of 256 is recommended. This option is available only
for JPEG 2000 format.

Quality: Available only for JPEG compression, JPEG 2000 compression, High
Compression, and JBIG2 compression. You can apply JPEG compression, JPEG 2000
compression, or High Compression to color and grayscale images at various levels
(Minimum, Low, Medium, High, Maximum). JPEG and JPEG 2000 compression methods
are typically lossy, which permanently remove some pixel data and may reduce image
quality. JPEG 2000 compression also offers lossless compression which means no pixel
data is removed. Compression for monochrome images is lossless, except for JBIG2
compression and High Compression.

Optimize images only if there is a reduction in size: With the option selected,
83
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

images will not be optimized if there are no reductions in file size from the image
setting.

 The Unembed Fonts panel

Embedding all fonts allows anyone who opens your file to see the document as you
intended it to be seen. Without embedding fonts, the PDF viewer will substitute a font
with a close match or a default font which is available on the computer, and the display
results may be not exactly what you intended. If you don’t mind the difference and
prefer a smaller file, you can unembed fonts.

This panel contains two lists for fonts: fonts that are available for unembedding, and
fonts to unembed. To unembed fonts in a document, do as the following:

1. Select the checkbox for the panel first.

2. Select one or more fonts you want to unembed in the Embedded fonts list,
and click the Unembed>> button to add the fonts to the Fonts to unembed
list. If you want to only embed the characters (a subset of a font) used in the
document, select the Subset all embedded fonts option.
3. (Optional) To remove the added fonts from the Fonts to unembed list, select
the font and click the <<Retain button. If you don't want to unembed any font
in the document, select Do not unembed any font.

 The Discard Objects panel

The Discard Objects panel lists options that allow you to remove objects from the
PDF.

Discard all form submission, import and reset actions: Disables all actions related
to submitting/importing form data and resetting form fields. This option retains form
objects to which actions are linked.

Flatten form fields: After flattening, all form fields can no longer be filled or modified.
Only the items that are visible with the Hand command selected remain and change
into shape objects.

Discard all JavaScript actions: Removes all actions in the PDF that use JavaScript.
This option is selected by default.

Discard all alternate images: For an image that includes multiple versions, removes
all versions except the one used for on-screen viewing. Different versions may be used
for different purposes, such as low-resolution on-screen viewing and high-resolution
printing.

84
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Discard embedded page thumbnails: Removes page thumbnails embedded in the

document. See also Embed page thumbnails.

Discard document tags: Removes all tags from the document, which will have an
impact on the document accessibility.

Detect and merge image fragment: Detects image fragments in the document, and
merge the adjacent image fragments with the same image properties into an image
object if the number of fragments is more than 25.

Discard embedded print settings: Removes print settings embedded in the PDF,
such as page scaling and duplex mode.

Discard embedded search index: Removes the search indexes embedded in the
document.

Discard bookmarks: Removes all bookmarks from the document.

 The Discard User Data panel

This panel allows you to specify whether to remove personal information including
comments, attachments, layers, and document metadata.

Discard all comments, forms and multimedia: Removes all comments, forms, form
fields, and multimedia from the document.

Discard external cross references: Removes links to other documents, not including
the links that go to pages within the PDF.

Discard document information and metadata: Removes data in the document

information dictionary and all metadata streams, such as the information in the File >
Properties > Description.

Discard file attachments: Removes all file attachments, including the attachments
that are added to the PDF as comments.

Discard private data of other applications: Removes the information in PDF

documents that is related only to the application that created the PDF documents.

Discard hidden layer content and flatten visible layers: Remove all layers’
information. All layers in the Layers panel will be removed.

85
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

 The Clean Up panel

Use the Clean Up panel to remove useless items (obsolete or unnecessary elements)
from the document. Removing certain elements can seriously affect the functionality
of the PDF. By default, only elements that do not affect document functionality are
selected.

Use Flate to encode streams that are not encoded: Applies the Flate compression
to all streams that aren’t encoded in the document.

In streams that use LZW encoding, use Flate instead: Applies the Flate
compression to all content streams and images that use LZW encoding in the
document.

Remove invalid bookmarks: Removes invalid bookmarks that go to the pages that
have been deleted in the document.

Remove invalid links: Removes links that jump to the destinations that no longer
exist.

Discard unreferenced named destinations: Discards named destinations that are

not being referenced internally from within the document.

Optimize the PDF for fast web view: Restructures the document for page-at-a-time
downloading from web servers, which allows users to open and view the PDF even
before the whole file is downloaded.

Optimize Scanned PDF

Foxit PDF Editor supports the size optimization of scanned PDFs during PDF creation
from a scanner or by choosing File > PDF Optimizer > Optimize Scanned PDF in an
existing scanned or image-based PDF.

1. Open the PDF you want to optimize in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, and choose File >
PDF Optimizer > Optimize Scanned PDF.
2. In the pop-up dialog box, do the following settings as needed and click OK.
Page Range: Specifies the page range you want to optimize.
Optimize Options:
• Color/Gray settings: when scanning color or gray pages, select JPEG,
JPEG2000(Lossless) or JPEG2000(Lossy) to apply JPEG compression to the
entire gray or RGB input page. Select High-Compression to apply image
compression in high-quality with small size (Available in Foxit PDF Editor Pro

86
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Only).
• Low/High Quality: drags the slider to set the balance point between file size
and quality.
• Monochrome: when scanning black-and-white or monotone images, select
one of the following:
 JBIG 2(Lossless)/ JBIG2(Lossy): apply an image compression standard for
bi-level images which is suitable for lossless or lossy compression.
 CCITT Group 4: applies CCITT Group 4 compression to black-and-white
input page images.
 High-Compression: applies to high-quality with small size compression.
(Available in Foxit PDF Editor Pro Only)
Make Searchable(run OCR): checks this item and clicks Options to run OCR in
scanned PDFs. See also “Recognize Text”.

Work with Video & Audio

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud not only supports playing videos and audios in PDFs, but also
allows users to add multimedia files to a PDF.

Play a Movie or a Sound Clip

Some PDF files may be multifaceted with multimedia, including sound, music, and
video clips. Each movie and sound file usually includes a play area from which the
media can be activated. The play area typically appears on the PDF page as an image
or a blank rectangle, but can also be invisible. To play the media files, please make
sure you have the necessary media player installed on your computer.

To play a movie or a sound, please do the following:

 Select the Hand command, and click the play area of the movie or sound file.

Adding a movie or a sound clip

Adding movies or sounds to PDFs is as easy as inserting an image. "Movies" are

desktop video files with formats such as AVI, QuickTime, and MPEG, and file
extensions such as.m4v, .mp4, and .mov. “Sounds” are like .wav and .mp3 files.

Note: If an alert message tells you that no media handler is available, you must install the
appropriate player before you can add clips to the PDF. For example, you must install
RealPlayer if you want to embed an RMVB file in a PDF.

Adding movies or sounds

87
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

1. Choose Edit > Video & Audio.

2. Press and hold mouse button down, drag to select an area on the page where you
want the movie or sound to appear. For movies, the play area is the exact size of
the movie frame.
3. In the pop-up Add Video & Audio dialog box, you will see some options listed
below:

• File: click Choose file to select the multimedia file you want to insert.

• Recorder: click the icon to record sound with your installed microphone.

• Poster File: add a poster by clicking Choose file to display an image in the play
area when the movie isn’t playing.

Edit the play area

To move, resize, align, center or distribute a multiple clip, please refer to “Images”.

Set Video & Audio properties

In Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can specify properties for the multimedia files you
added, such as the appearance of a movie’s play area, whether the movie plays once
or continuously, create alternate renditions, etc.

To set video & audio properties, please do the following:

1. Select the Select Annotation command.

2. Right-click the play area > Properties.
3. For the Appearance tab, please refer to “Setting properties of an image”.

Note: If you select Locked on any tab, it will lock all options for this multimedia file, but not
just the options on that tab.

4. Actions tab for the Video & Audio properties

Please refer to “Actions tab for the button properties”.

Search and Replace Text

The Search & Replace function allows you to quickly update text that occurs multiple
times in the document. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows you to search for specific text
and replace it with your new text.

1. On the Edit tab, click the Search & Replace button. Or click in the Search field on
88
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

the title bar and choose Search & Replace from the drop-down menu.
2. The Search window appears in the top-right corner of the application window.
3. Type the text that you want to find and replace in the Find box, and the
replacement text in the Replace With box. Only text objects in the document will
be found, not including text in a bookmark, a comment, or form data.
4. (Optional) You can specify settings for the search by clicking the cog icon in the
Find box and selecting the following options:
A. Whole words only -- limits the search to match only whole words. For example,
if you search for the word Read, the word Reader will not be found.
B. Case-Sensitive -- makes the search case-sensitive. For example, if you search
for the word text, the words Text and TEXT will not be found.
C. Include Page Text – This option is checked by default, which allows you to
search the text on PDF pages. If you only want to search text in certain elements
(like bookmarks or comments), deselect it and check the corresponding
option(s) in the search criteria list.
D. Include Bookmarks -- enables you to search for a word in the whole text,
including bookmarks.
E. Include Comments -- enables you to search for a word in the whole text,
including comments.
F. Highlight All Text – Highlight all the text search results in the document.
G. Properties – enables you to specify the color and opacity of the highlighting of
the search results.

5. Choose Previous or Next to locate the instance you need to replace. Then click
Replace to replace it with the replacement text, or click Replace All to replace all
instances of the search text in the document with the replacement text.

Paragraph Editing

With the Edit Text command, you can edit texts in a paragraph like Microsoft Office
Word as well as changing their font, font size and color.

To edit texts in a paragraph, please do the following:

 Select Edit > Edit Text. (Tip: You can also right-click the selected text with the Select
Text and Image command and choose Edit Text to start editing text in the paragraph
quickly.)
 Click on the desired paragraph to start editing. And you can set the text formatting
in the Format tab that appears in the right panel. (Refer to the tables below for
the instructions about the Text Style buttons. More editing features please refer
to Edit Objects.) Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will automatically change a line when the
text comes to the margin of it. You can also start a new line by pressing Enter. See
89
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

also the tutorial on Edit PDF.

The Text Style buttons in the Format tab

Button Name Description

Text with bold formatting has thicker strokes than its ordinary
Bold
form.

Italic Text with italic formatting leans to the right.

Underline Draw a line under the text.

Draw a line to cross out text, making others know the text is
Strikethrough
deleted.
Decrease the font size proportionally and raise the baseline, like
Superscript
the registered trademark symbol ® .
Decrease the font size proportionally and lower the baseline, like
Subscript
a footnote.
Simply click on the font color button to apply the color shown to
Font Color the text, or click on the drop-down menu to select a color for the
text.
Character
Set the space between each individual character that you type.
Spacing
Writing Set the writing direction (left-to-right or right-to-left) in which you
/
Direction type text.

Button Name Description

Create a bulleted list for paragraphs. Click on the drop-down
Bullets
menu to choose a bullet style.
Create a numbered list for paragraphs. Click on the drop-down
Numbering
menu to choose a number style.
90
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Align Left Align the left edge of the paragraph to the left margin.

Center each line of the paragraph with even space on both sides.
Center

Align the right edge of the paragraph to the right margin.

Align Right

Justify Align both sides of the paragraph with both margins.

Increase
Move the paragraph farther away from the left margin.
Indent
Decrease
Move the paragraph closer to the left margin.
Indent

Line Spacing Set the space between each line in a paragraph.

Paragraph
Set the space between two paragraphs.
Spacing

Word Spacing Set the space between each word.

Character
Set the width of each character.
Scale

Note: Clicking on a scanned or image-based PDF with Edit Text command, a message
prompts where you can click Recognize Text to run OCR, or click Settings to specify OCR
settings before recognizing text. To not show the prompted message again, you can go to
File > Preference > Editing > uncheck the option “Alert when there’s no editable text when
using ‘Edit Text’ tool”.

Objects

When reading a PDF, you may need to frequently edit text, image, or other objects in
this PDF file. With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can add, edit, modify, join and split
objects.

Add New Objects

You can add or insert new text, image or shape objects into a PDF using respective
commands in the Edit tab.

91
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Add new text objects

To add text objects, please do the following:

1. Select Edit > Add Text, and do either of the following:

• Click on the specific page you want to input the text and type new text in the
position where the cursor is blinking. You can also paste or delete the text you
input.
• Click and drag an area to define a text box as required, and then type text into
the box. The text wraps automatically when it reaches the edge of the box you
defined.
2. (Optional) With the Add Text command selected, click anywhere in the text box.

Then move the cursor over the box border and the cursor changes into . As

you drag the cursor, alignment guides (green lines) appear to help you find a
location to align it to an existing object on the page.
3. You can choose the text font format as you want in the Format tab that appears
in the right panel. In the Format tab, you can also align the text and set other
paragraph formats including word spacing, character scale, line spacing, etc.

Add new image objects

You can add an image object from a file by doing the following:

1. Locate the page where you want to insert the image in your document, and
choose Edit > Add Image From File.
2. Choose the target image file in the Open dialog box and click Open. Then the
image will be added to the document.
3. You can right-click the image and choose Edit Object to move or resize the
image.

Add new shape objects

With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can also directly insert path and shading objects like
rectangles, curve, straight line, etc. into your PDF as well as text objects and image
objects. Shading objects are generally used to make shadows or nice backgrounds.

Add a path object

Add a shading object

92
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

 Add a path object

To add a path object, please do the following:

 Locate the page where you want to insert the path in the document, and
choose Edit > Add Shapes > choose one path you need. The cursor changes

into a cross . Click and drag the cursor to draw the path you want. Then

click on the path, and the Format tab will appear in the right panel for you to
modify the path with the commands. You can also adjust the size and shape
by dragging the sizing handles.

Note: Sizing handles are the small circles or squares that appear at the corners and sides
of a selected object. You drag these handles to change the size of the object.

A B C D E F G H I

A. The Line command B. The Rectangle command C. The Round Rectangle command
D. The Ellipse command E. The Polyline command F. The Polygon command G. The
Bezier command H. The Close Bezier command I. The Free Paint command

To draw a straight line

1. Choose the Line command.

2. Click a region in the document where you want to create the drawing and draw
the line.
3. Drag the handles to adjust the line size if necessary.
4. Click outside the path when you are done to set the line.

To draw a rectangle

1. Choose the Rectangle command to create a square-cornered path, or click the

Rounded Rectangle command to create a round-cornered path.
2. Click a region in the document where you want to create the drawing and draw a
rectangle.
3. Drag the sizing handle diagonally in the direction you want.

To draw an ellipse

1. Choose the Ellipse command.

2. Drag the pointer to draw an ellipse, or draw a circle with Shift.
3. Click outside the path when you are done to set the ellipse.
93
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

To draw a polygon, polyline, Bezier, or Close Bezier

1. Choose the Polygon command, Polyline command, Bezier command or Close

Bezier command.
2. Drag the pointer to draw a straight line.
3. Click once at each position where you want a new line segment to appear.
4. To end a polyline or a Bezier, double-click the last point to complete the drawing.
To end a polygon or a Close Bezier, do either of the following:

• Double-click or right-click a point to draw the second-to-last line of the

polygon/ Close Bezier, and an additional line will be automatically drawn
from this point to the start point.
• Double-click the start point to finish drawing.

To draw a custom path

1. Choose the Free Paint command.

2. Draw a path you want by dragging the pointer.
3. Click outside the path when you are done to set the path.

 Add a shading object

To add a shading object, please do the following:

 Locate the page where you want to insert the shading in your PDF document,
and choose Edit > Add Shapes > choose the shading you need. The cursor

changes into a cross . Click and drag the cursor to draw the shading you

want. Then click on the shading, and the Format tab will appear in the right
panel for you to modify the shading with the commands. You can also adjust
the size and shape by dragging the sizing handles.

In the Format tab, you can choose a shading style to preset different shading colors
and do any of the following to move the colors and change the shading effect:

1) Opacity: Drag the slider to change the opacity.

2) Gradient Stops: Describes the location and color of a transition point in a gradient.
After choosing a shading style, you can also edit the shading color, like add new colors,
delete existing colors, etc.

 Move colors

Each color can be moved by clicking and dragging the slider .

94
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

 Change colors to a shading

Double-click one color you want to change, select the color you like in the
Color dialog box and click OK.

 Add colors to a shading

Select one color you like and click between any two sliders underneath the
preview bar. There will be new colors added to the shading.

 Delete colors to a shading

Click the slider of the color you want to delete, and click Delete button

. Also, you can move it away from the preview bar. The color will be
removed from shading.

3) Reference Line: A line along which the field of shading varies between the start
and end coordinates and from which the field of shading extends infinitely away. The
start and end point are shown, connected by a line. The transition from one color to
another varies linearly along the line. The color gradient begins at the start point and
finishes at the end point.

You can drag either start or end point to move it individually, or drag the line
to move them both at the same time. This movement will change the shading
95
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

effect. Compared with Shading 1, Shading 2 is dragging the start point to move,
Shading 3 is dragging the end point to move, and Shading 4 is dragging the line
to move.

Shading 1 Shading 2 Shading 3 Shading 4

Link and Join Text Objects

To make editing easier, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports linking multiple text blocks
together or connecting separate text blocks into one single paragraph.

Link and Unlink Text Objects

Using the Link command in the Join & Split context tab (which appears on the ribbon
after you click Edit > Link & Join Text), you can link multiple text blocks together and
then editing text in these blocks will be treated as editing one paragraph. You can link
text blocks not only in one page but also across pages. Text will reflow in these linked
blocks and will not cover the page contents that are located among these blocks.

To link text blocks, please do the following:

 Click Edit > Link & Join Text and the Join & Split context tab appears on the
ribbon. Select text blocks you need to link together and the selected blocks will be
marked with numbers as you click them.
 Click the Link command in the Join & Split context tab, or right-click the selected
blocks and choose Link Text Boxes. Then the selected blocks will be linked
together.
 Then when you add or edit text in these blocks with the Edit Text command, the
text will reflow in these linked blocks and will not cover the image among them.
And when the text added exceeds the final block, content followed the linked
blocks will be covered because they have not been linked together.

To unlink a text block, please click Edit > Link & Join Text, select the text block you

96
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

need to unlink and then click the Unlink command in the Join & Split context tab. You
can also right-click the selected block and choose Unlink Text Blocks.

Note: You can select and link text blocks which are discontinuous or in different columns,
or that are not arranged from top to bottom or from left to right on the page.

Join and Split Text Objects

With the Join command, you can connect blocks of text into one single paragraph in a
block to improve text reflow. Blocks of text may be joined together when you need to
join text as one object. Otherwise, a block of text can be divided up into several parts
with the Split command.

To join text blocks, do the following:

1. Click Edit > Link & Join Text.

2. Click the text blocks you want to join. The text blocks you selected will be
numbered.
3. Click the Join command in the Join & Split context tab, or right-click the selected
blocks and select Join Text Boxes. Then the selected blocks will be joined together
as one block.

To split a text block, please click Edit > Link & Join Text, and click the text block you
want to split. Click the Split command in the Join & Split context tab, or right-click the
selected block and select Split Text Boxes. Then the selected block will be divided.

Note: All selected blocks should be on the same page.

Edit Objects

You can freely edit any selected object(s) by the related commands.

Note: For copying/cutting and pasting an object, after you copy/cut an object, make sure
that the related editing command (Home/Edit > Edit Object >
All/Text/Image/Shape/Shading) has been selected before you paste it. Sometimes you
may not paste an object right after copying it and do other tasks with other commands, or
you need to paste it in another document where the editing command is not being selected.
In these cases, you need to select the related editing command again before pasting the
object.

97
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Edit Text Objects

To edit text objects, click Home/Edit > Edit Object > Text. And click on the text you
want to edit. A selected object usually is outlined by a bounding box. Double-click the
box or choose Edit Object in the context menu. Then the cursor will be blinking, and
you can add, paste or replace text only if the font used for that text is installed on your
system. More editing information, please refer to “Add New Text Objects”.

Merge and Split Text Objects

You can also merge and split text objects by using Merge Text tool and Split Text tool.
To remove the space between the letters of words to improve the appearance of text
content, you can click Remove Kerning in the Format tab in the right panel after you
select the text object.

To merge text objects, Shift-click the objects with the Edit Object command and click
Merge Text in the Format tab in the right panel. To split a text object, please do the
following:

⚫ Select the object and click Split Text in the Format tab in the right panel. The
Split Text dialog box pops up.
⚫ Drag the slider and click the position you want to split. Click OK and the text object
will split into parts.

Convert Text Objects to Shape Objects

Foxit PDF Editor supports to convert the selected text object(s) into path(s), which will
meet the pre-press requirement. For those computers that do not support or display
certain embedded fonts, this new feature helps to overcome that issue. To convert
text objects to paths, please do the following:

⚫ Select the text objects that you want to convert to paths.

⚫ Select the Convert to Shape button in the Format tab in the right panel to
convert.

Edit Image and Shape Objects

To edit image objects, click Home/Edit > Edit Object > Image. After clicking on an
image, you can edit and modify it with the commands in the Format tab in the right
panel as needed. See also Modify, Arrange and Delete Objects.

To edit shape/shading objects, click Home/Edit > Edit Object > Shape/Shading. Click
98
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

a shape/shading and edit it with the commands in the Format tab in the right panel.
Further information about editing shape/shading objects, please refer to “Add New
Shape Objects”.

Tip: When editing text, image, shape and shading objects together, you can edit all the
objects by choosing Home/Edit > Edit Object > All.

Modify, Arrange and Delete Objects

A selected object is usually outlined by a bounding box. And the corresponding

Format tab will appear in the right panel after you select objects. With groups of
commands in the Format tab, you can modify and arrange objects. Depending on the
type of objects you select, the Format tab may contain these groups:
Text/Shape/Shading Style, Split, Arrange, and Effect. Click the / icon of
each group to expand or collapse the group.

Select Home/Edit > Edit Object > select All/Text/Image/Shape/Shading, and do one
of the following:

1. To select one or multiple objects, please do one of the following:

 Click the object to select it, or press Ctrl/Shift and select more objects.
 Hold the pointer over the objects and drag a rectangle around them.
 Press Ctrl + A on keyboard. All objects on the current page are selected.

Note: To deselect all the objects, click any blank area in the document.

2. Move and resize an object

 To move an object, select the object and drag the object to the desired place.
Or right-click the object and choose Cut from the context menu and then
right-click the desired place and choose Paste. You can also move multiple
objects at the same time with the methods above.
 To resize an object, drag a handle of the object. Press Shift when dragging to
retain the original aspect ratio. You can also resize multiple objects at the
same time with the same magnification by dragging the handles.

Alternatively, you can choose Properties… from the context menu of the
selected objects and enter a percentage value in the Scale X or Scale Y box
in the General tab of the properties dialog box to resize objects. To retain the
original aspect ratio when resizing the objects, click the Constrain

99
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

proportions icon in the dialog box. Upon selecting the icon, it will

change into this shape . Click the icon again to unselect it and revert it

to its original shape .

Tip: When moving and resizing an object, alignment guides (green lines) appear
to help you align the object to other ones in the document.

3. Rotate an object

To rotate an object, select the object and then do one of the following:

 In the Format tab, choose Rotate Clockwise/ Rotate Counter-clockwise

from the Arrange group to rotate by 90 degrees, or enter a value to specify
degrees you want to rotate by.
 Right-click the selected object, and choose Rotate > select Clockwise/
Counterclockwise to rotate by 90 degrees.

To rotate multiple objects at the same time, select multiple objects and rotate them
with the methods above.

4. Shear an object

To shear an object, select the object and do either of the following:

• Navigate to the Shear item from the Effect group in the Format tab, enter a
value in the box to specify a shear angle, and press Enter.
• Right-click the object and choose Shear in the context menu. Then Enter a
value in the pop-up dialog box to shear the object and click OK to finish.

5. Flip an object

To flip an object, select the object, and click Flip Vertical or Flip Horizontal from the
Arrange group in the Format tab. Or right-click the object and choose Flip >
Vertically/Horizontally.

6. Arrange objects

After selecting multiple objects, you can arrange them in the documents. In the
Format tab you can align, page-center or distribute objects. Or choose Align/ Center/
Distribute after right-clicking one of the selected objects. (See also “Align Images”,
“Center Images” and “Distribute Images”.)
100
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

7. Clip an object

 Select the object and choose a clipping shape from the Effect group in the
Format tab. Or right-click the object, choose Add clip path in the context
menu, and then choose one clipping shape in the drop-down list.
 Click on the object and it will turn to the clipping mode where the selected

object will be enlarged and the cursor changes to a cross . Drag the cursor
to draw a clipping shape. You can adjust the shape’s position by dragging the
cursor to move.
 Drag the dots of the clipping shape in the direction you want until the clipping
shape displays the results you want.
 (Optional) You can choose other clipping shapes to do further clipping on the
object if needed.

 (Optional) To delete clipping shapes, choose Edit Clipping from the

Effect group in the Format tab, select one clipping shape and press Del or
right-click the clipping shape and select Delete. To remove all clipping shapes,

please click Clear Clipping in the Format tab.

 Click on the area outside the objects to exit the clipping mode. Or right-click
the object and choose Exit.

8. Move an object in front or behind other elements

• To move an object behind or in front of all other objects on the page, select

the object and click Send to Back or Bring to Front from the
Arrange group in the Format tab. Or right-click the object and choose
Arrange > Send to Back or Bring to Front.

9. Delete an object

 Select one or more objects, right-click and choose Delete from the context
menu.

Object Properties

When you right-click an object or multiple objects with the same type, and choose
Properties…, you can view and change the options in it.

Set objects properties

101
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

1. With the Edit Object command, right-click text objects, images objects, shape
objects (or path objects) and shading objects, and choose Properties....
2. There are General tab and Appearance tab in the properties dialog box. The
general tab is as below: (Take image objects properties for example.)

You can specify a number of properties that are common to all objects in the
General properties.

⚫ Position X and Y: Allow you to set the precise horizontal and vertical position
of the objects.
⚫ Width and Height: Displays the selected object’s width and height values.
⚫ Scale X and Y: Allow you to enter a percentage value in the Scale X or Scale
Y box to resize the object.

3. In Image Object Properties dialog box, in the Appearance tab, drag the slider or
enter a value to specify the opacity of the image object. Opacity can range from
1% to 100%. For transparent paint or a weak effect, specify a low percentage value;
for more opaque paint or a strong effect, specify a high value.
4. In shape object properties dialog box, please do any of the following:

 Line Color: The stroke color is used to paint the border of paths and text that
are stroked.
 Fill Color: The fill color is used to paint the interior of paths and text characters
that are filled.
 Line Width: The line width specifies the thickness of the line used to stroke a
path and is measured in user space units. A line width of 0 specifies the
thinnest line that can be rendered on the output device. The default value is 1.

Note: A line width of 0 is an inherently device-dependent value. Its use is

discouraged because the line may be nearly invisible when printing on high-
resolution devices.

 Miter limit: When two line segments meet at a sharp angle it is called a Miter
join and has been specified as the line join style. It is possible for the miter to
extend far beyond the thickness of the line stroking the path. The miter limit
imposes a maximum on the ratio of the miter length to the line width, as
shown in the following figure. When the limit is exceeded, the join is
converted from a miter to a bevel.

The value for miter limit is a number that must be greater than or equal to 1,
and has a default value of 10.

102
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Miter length

 Line Join Style: The line join style specifies the shape to be used at the corners
of paths that are stroked. The allowed values are Miter joins, Round joins and
Bevel joins.

 Miter — the outer edges of the strokes for the two segments are
continued until they meet. If the extension projects too far, as
determined by the miter limit, a bevel join is used instead.
 Round — a circular arc with a diameter equal to the line width is drawn
around the point where the segments meet and filled in, producing a
rounded corner.
 Bevel — the two path segments are drawn with butt end caps (see the
discussion of line cap style), and the resulting notch beyond the ends of
the segments is filled in with a triangle.

Miter Round Bevel

Square line cap style Round line cap style Flat line cap style

 Line Cap Style: The line cap style specifies the shape to be used at the ends
of open sub paths when they are stroked. Allowed values are Butt end caps,
Round end caps, and Projecting Square End.

 Square: --- the stroke is squared off at the endpoint of the path.
 Round: --- a semicircular arc with a diameter equal to the line width is
drawn around the endpoint and filled in.
 Flat: --- the stroke extends beyond the end of the line by a distance that
is half the line width and is squared off.

103
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Square Round Flat

 Dash: Select a type of line, dashed or solid.

 Opacity: Enter a value, or drag the slider to specify the opacity. Opacity can
range from 1% to 100%. For transparent paint or a weak effect, specify a low
percentage value; for more opaque paint or a strong effect, specify a high
value.

5. In text object properties dialog box, please do any of the following:

Font Name– Changes the font used by the selected text to the font you specify.

Font Size – changes the font size to the size that you specify.

Horizontal Scaling – adjusts the width of characters by stretching or shrinking

them in the horizontal direction. The scaling is specified as a percent of normal
width of the characters, with 100 being the normal width. The scaling always
applies to the x coordinate. The following figure shows the effect of horizontal
scaling.

Text Mode – determines whether text is stroked or filled. There are four types
of text modes: Fill Text, Stroke text, Fill then stroke text, and Text with no fill and
no stroke.

1 2 3 4

1. Fill text 2. Stroke text 3. Fill then stroke text 4. Text with no fill and
no stroke
104
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Character Space – inserts uniform spacing between two or more characters in

selected text.

Word Space – inserts uniform spacing between two or more words in selected
text.

For stroke color, fill color, and opacity, please refer to Shape Object Properties.

Articles

For PDF documents that include articles and arrange text content in multiple columns
and across several pages, you may need lots of scrolling or zooming to navigate the
articles. To make article viewing effective, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows you to define
a navigational path (or an article thread) for an article in the document by marking out
a series of boxes around the article content in the order you want the content to be
viewed in. With article threads, you can skim through a document, focusing on a
specific article and ignoring the rest, as you do in a traditional print newspaper or
magazine.

Define articles

To define an article, please follow the steps:

1. Choose Edit > Add Article Box.

2. Click and drag a rectangle around the content to be the first article box. A black
rectangle appears around the content with a label, and the cursor changes into

the article pointer .

The label for each article box is made up of the article number and the sequence

105
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

number within the article. For instance, the first box for the first article in the
document is labeled 1-1, the second box 1-2, the third box 1-3, and so on. And the
boxes for the second article in the same document are labeled 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, and
so on.
3. Repeat the operation in Step 2 to mark out the rest of article boxes followed. (Note:
If you need to resize or move an article box during the article defining, you must end
the article first.)
4. When you have defined the entire article, press Enter to end the article.
5. Type the information in the pop-up article property dialog box as needed and
then click OK.
6. Then in the Articles panel in the navigation pane you can see the article defined.
The Articles panel lists all of the articles included in the document.

View articles

1. To view the articles in the document, open the Articles panel in the navigation
pane and do any of the following to start viewing:
• Double-click the article you want to view.
• Right-click the article you want to view and choose Read Article from the
context menu.
• Select the article you want to view and choose Read Article from the options
menu in the upper right corner of the Articles panel.
2. You will be switched to the beginning of the article (the area of the first defined
article box). The page view may zoom in or out automatically so that the current
part of the article fills the screen, with the first line appearing in the upper left
corner.

Notes:

1. Before viewing an article, make sure you have selected the Hand tool and the option
Make Hand Tool read articles in the File > Preferences > General.
2. You can select Hide After Use in the options menu in the upper right corner of the
Articles panel to hide the panel after the article viewing starts.

Modify articles

You can rename and delete articles, and edit article properties.

106
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Rename articles

To rename an article, click the article name directly in the Articles panel and type a
new name for it, or right-click the article and choose Rename to rename it.

Delete an article

To delete an entire article, do any of the following:

• Select the article in the Articles panel and press Delete.

• Right-click the article in the Articles panel and choose Delete.

Edit article properties

You can edit the article title, subject, author, and keywords in the article property
dialog box. To open the article property dialog box, do any of the following:

• Select the article, and choose Properties… from the options menu in the
Articles panel.
• Right-click the article, and choose Properties… from the context menu in the
Articles panel.
• Select any article box of the article in the document with the Add Article Box
command. Then right-click the article box and choose Properties… from the
context menu.

Working with Layers

A layer or as it is more formally known Optional Content Groups (OCG) is a dictionary

representing a collection of graphics that can be made visible or invisible dynamically
by users of viewer applications. In a PDF file, each layer may hold any portion of the
document's objects, and layers may be made visible or invisible, showing or hiding
their contained objects, in any combination.

With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can control the display of PDF layers with the Layers
panel. For example, you may divide background imagery, main content areas, and
advertisements amongst their own top-level layers, and easily hide the layers that you
don't want others to view.

107
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Show /hide PDF Layers

In a PDF, information can be stored on different layers. To show or hide related

content stored in a variable number of separate layers, you can simply refer to the
Layers panel on the left side of the work area. You can view layers and choose to show
or hide the content associated with each layer.

The Layers Panel

A. A checkmark indicates a displayed layer B. Hidden layer

1. Open the Layers panel, and then do one of the following:

 To hide a layer, uncheck the layer.

 To show a hidden layer, click the empty box and a checkmark will appear.
 To check the properties of a layer, right-click the layer and select Properties.

2. From the Options menu at the top right corner of the Layers panel, choose one of
the following:

 List Layers for All Pages – Shows every layer across every page of the
document.
 List Layers for Visible Pages – Shows layers only on the visible pages.
 Reset to Initial Visibility – Resets layers to their default state.
 Expand All – Expands all layers.
 Collapse All – Collapses all of the current layers in the view.
 Apply Print Overrides – Determines whether to display a layer according to its
corresponding Print setting in the Layer Properties dialog box. The option is
available when Never Prints or Always Print is selected.

108
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

 Apply Export Overrides – Determines whether to display a layer according to

its corresponding Export setting in the Layer Properties dialog box. The option
is available when Never Exports or Always Exports is selected.
 Apply Layer Overrides – Displays all layers in the document regardless of the
settings in the Layer Properties dialog box, and you cannot change layer
visibility until you deselect this command or choose Reset To Initial Visibility
in the Options menu. However, you are still allowed to rename layers when the
command is selected.

Import Layers

You can import layers from a PDF file or import images as layers into a target PDF file.

1. In the navigation pane, click the menu button in the top left corner of the

Layers panel, and choose Import as Layer….

2. In the Import as Layer dialog box, click Browse to choose a PDF file or an image
file (Formats like BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPEG 2000, PCX, PNG, and TIFF, are supported.). If
you import from a PDF file, choose a page number you want to import from.
3. Import Options:
Create new layer: creates a new layer from the source file. Specify a layer name,
and add it to an existing layer group in the target document as needed.
Add to existing layer: adds the imported content to an existing layer in the target
document. The imported layer will have the same properties as the existing one.
This option is available only when the target document contains layers.
Copy layers from source: imports the layers from the source PDF file. This option
is available only when the source PDF file contains layers.
4. In the right part of the dialog box, select a target page number to import the layers
to, and preview the result.
5. Complete the settings in Position and Appearance as needed.
6. Then click OK.

Merge Layers

1. In the navigation pane, click the menu button in the top left corner of the

Layers panel, and choose Merge Layers….

2. In the Merge Layers dialog box, select one or more layers you want to merge and
the target layer to merge the selected layers into.
3. Then click OK.

109
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Note: Merged layers will have the same properties of the target layer. After you merge the
layers, you cannot undo the operation.

Flatten Layers

1. In the navigation pane, click the menu button in the top left corner of the

Layers panel, and choose Flatten Layers.

2. A warning message pops up, telling you that the flattening operation cannot be
cancelled or undone.
3. Then click OK.

Note: After the flattening operation, all layers will be consolidated, while the layers that are
originally not visible will be removed. After you flatten the layers, you cannot undo the
operation.

Delete Layers

1. In the navigation pane, select the layer you want to delete.

2. Click the menu button in the top left corner of the Layers panel, and choose

Delete Layer, or press Delete on the keyboard. Or, right-click the layer and
choose Delete Layer from the context menu.

Note: When you delete a layer, its corresponding content will be removed.

Reorder Layers

You may need to change the order of layers in the list, or move a layer from one layer
group to another. In the navigation pane, to reorder a layer, just press Alt while you
click the layer’s name and drag it to the desired location. You can undo or redo the
operation. (Note: You cannot reorder locked layers or layers in nested layer groups.)

Layer Properties

By editing layer properties in the Layer Properties dialog box, you can control the
visibility of layers and set whether to print or export layers. For example, you can hide
a layer whenever the document is displayed on screen, while ensuring that the layer
always prints.

110
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

1. To open the Layer Properties dialog box, select the layer, click the Options menu
and choose Layer Properties.... Or just right-click the layer and choose
Properties... to open the Layer Properties dialog box.
2. Edit the layer name or any of the following:

Intent – selects View and the visibility and properties of the layer can be edited
any time. Or, selects Reference to keep the current visibility and setting at all
times until you switch to View.

Default State – Defines the initial visibility state when Visibility in Initial State
is set to Visible When On.

Visibility – Defines the visibility of the layer when the document is opened or
when the initial visibility is reset. If you choose Visible When On, the layer is
visible only when Default State is On.

Print – Defines whether the layer will be printed when you print the PDF. If you
choose Print When Visible, the layer will print only when the layer is visible.

Export – Defines whether the layer will appear in the resulting document when
the PDF is exported to an application or file format that supports layers. If you
choose Export When Visible, the layer will appear in the resulting document
only when the layer is visible.

The previous settings in Initial State like the states of Print, View, and Export,
are shown in the box at the bottom of the Layer Properties dialog box.

PDF Properties

To view and modify the PDF properties, please navigate to File > Properties.

Description

This tab shows some basic information about the document. The person who created
the document in the source application may have set the title, subject, author, and
keywords. Click Custom, and the pop-up Custom Properties dialog box shows some
document information (such as comments and the company name). You can easily
edit the document information within the PDF document, a useful way for searching
and indexing files.

You can also customize document properties by clicking Custom. In the pop-up
Custom Properties dialog box, input the property name and the value, and then click
111
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Add to add a custom property. To change the value of a property, select it and update
the value, and then click Change. To change the name of a custom property, you need
to delete the property and create a new custom property. To delete a property, select
it and click Delete.

Initial View

When a user opens your PDF document, they see the initial view of the PDF. You can
set the initial view to the magnification level, page and page layout that you want.

 Layout and Destination

Navigation Tab: Chooses desired panels to be displayed in the navigation pane.

Page Layout: Chooses a page layout option to view the document. The default is
Continuous.

Magnification: Chooses a zoom level that the document will appear at when opened.
The default is the magnification set in File > Preferences > Page Display > Zoom.

Open to page: Specifies the page that appears when you open the document.

 Window Options

Display document title: Shows the document title in the title bar of the application
window. You can view the document title in File > Properties > Description.

Open in Full Screen mode: Opens the document in Full Screen mode. The document
pane fills the entire screen, with the toolbar, the navigation pane, and the status bar
hidden behind.

Center window on screen: Places the application window in the center of the screen
area.

 User Interface Options

Choose options to hide parts of the interface as needed.

Define the initial view as Full Screen mode

If your PDF is a presentation, you may want to set the initial view to Full Screen
Mode. After you define the initial view of the PDF, you can add page transitions to
selected pages of the entire document. When setting the initial view of a PDF to Full
112
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

Screen mode, you must define how the document opens.

1. Choose File > Properties > Initial View.

2. For best results, do the following:
 Choose Page Only from the Navigation tab menu.
 Choose Single Page from the Page layout menu.
 Set Open to page to the page on which you want to start the presentation.

3. Select Open in Full Screen mode to open the document without the toolbar
displayed. Click OK. (You have to save and reopen the file to see the effects.)

Note: Users can exit Full Screen mode by pressing Esc if their preferences are set this way.
However, in Full Screen mode, users cannot apply commands and select tools unless they
know the keyboard shortcuts. You may set up page actions in the document to provide this
functionality.

Security

This tab describes security permissions and what functionality is allowed within a PDF.
See also “Checking PDF Security”

Fonts

The Fonts tab lists the fonts and the font types used in the original document, as well
as the encoding used to display the original fonts.

Advanced

This tab lists the items of Print Dialog Presets during printing, and Reading Options
about reading directions and languages.

Page Scaling: Chooses Default to scale the page with the application default setting
when printing, which is Fit to printer margins. Or choose None to preserve the scale
in the documents. To print with additional page scaling types as shown in the Print
dialog box, you need to choose one of them when printing.

DuplexMode: Chooses Simplex to print on one side of the page. Or choose Duplex
Flip Long/Short Edge to print a document double sided and flip pages on long/short
edges.

Paper Source by Page Size: Automatically selects the paper type according to the
113
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 5: Edit User Manual

page size of the PDFs when printing.

Pages: Specifies the page range you want to print.

Number of Copies: Chooses the number of copies you want to print. Or choose
Default to use the application default copies, which is one copy.

Binding: Choose a reading direction in which you read a document in Facing or

Continuous Facing mode. Choose Left Edge to read from left to right, or choose
Right Edge to read from right to left.

Language: Specifies the document language that screen readers use to read the
document. You can select languages by typing ISO 639 Code.

114
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

Chapter 6 – Organize
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud comes with a built-in functionality to combine various PDF files
& split one PDF into various small single & multiple page PDF files according to page
numbers as well as page range. You can rearrange pages and compose page outlines
with the commands under the Organize tab, which allow you to insert, move, replace
and crop pages, split documents, add page marks (such as header & footer) to PDFs,
and more.

Insert pages from one or more files

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows you to insert pages from a file or multiple files into a
PDF.

To insert pages from a file or multiple files (not limited to PDFs) into a PDF, choose
Organize/Home > Insert > From File, or right-click a page thumbnail and choose
Insert Pages… > From File. Then do the following steps:

1. In the Insert Pages From dialog box, you can add more files by clicking the
Add Files… button. If the files are non-PDF files, they will be temporarily
converted into PDFs and added to the files list.
2. In the files list, select a file and click Move Up/ Down to change the order
you insert the files, or click Remove to delete the file.
3. Then choose one file you added, specify where you want to insert to the
current PDF document (at the beginning or the end, or before or after a
designated page), and page range (insert from …to …) of the file that you
want to insert.
4. Check Show Thumbnails in the lower left corner, and you can preview the
target page and the insert page in preview boxes. Click OK to insert the
pages.
5. To leave the original PDF intact as a separate file, choose File > Save As,
and type a new name for the merged PDF.

115
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

Notes:

1. When a whole file is inserted, its bookmarks and file attachments will be inserted
as well. The bookmarks will be inserted at the end of the bookmarks of the original
PDF by default. The links of the bookmarks inserted remain unchanged. And the
combined bookmarks will be the bookmarks of the combined PDF file.
2. You can insert a whole PDF file from your local computer by directly dragging and
dropping the file to the Pages panel in the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window.

Insert pages from the clipboard

1. Open a PDF file, and choose Home/Organize > Insert > From Clipboard, or right-
click one page thumbnail and choose Insert Pages… > From Clipboard.

2. In the pop-up From Clipboard dialog box, specify the place you want to insert pages.
Then the content in the clipboard will be inserted.

3. To leave the original PDF intact as a separate file, choose File > Save As, and type a
new name for the merged PDF.

Insert pages from a blank page

1. Open the PDF that you want to use as the basis of the combined file, and choose
Home/Organize > Insert > Blank Page, or right-click a page thumbnail and
choose Insert Pages… > Blank Page.
2. In the Insert Blank Pages dialog box, specify where in the document you want to
insert the blank pages (as well as how many blank pages you want to insert), and
click OK.
3. To leave the original PDF intact as a separate file, choose Save As, and type a new
name for the merged PDF.

Insert pages into files

1. Open the PDF file (i.e. source file) from which you want to choose a range of pages
(i.e. source pages) to be inserted into other files. Click Home/Organize > Insert >
Into File, or right-click a page thumbnail and choose Insert Pages… > Into File.
2. In the pop-up Insert Pages Into dialog box, you can add more target files by
clicking Add Files….
3. Then specify the page range to be inserted and the destination in the target files.
4. Choose whether to keep the source pages in the source PDF file after inserting.

116
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

5. Check Show Thumbnails in the lower left corner, and you can preview the target
page and the insert page in preview boxes. Click OK to insert the pages.

Rotate, Move, Swap and Delete Pages

Rotate Pages

You can rotate all or selected pages in a document.

1. Open the PDF document within which you want to rotate pages.
2. (Optional) To quickly rotate the current page, choose Home/Organize >
Rotate Pages > Left/Right. Rotation is based on 90° increments.
3. To rotate one or more pages, please use one of the following methods:

 Choose Home/Organize > Rotate Pages > Multi-page rotate.

 Right-click the selected page thumbnails in the Pages panel and
choose Rotate Pages/Rotate 90° Counterclockwise/ Rotate 90°
Clockwise.

4. (Optional) In the pop-up Rotate Pages dialog box, specify the direction you
want to rotate the pages and the page range.
5. Click OK.

Note: To temporarily change your view of the page, right-click the document pane
and choose the Rotate View Right or Rotate View Left command. The original page
orientation is restored the next time you open the PDF.

Move Pages

The Move Pages feature allows you to move pages within a PDF document.

Move one or more pages within a PDF document

1. Open the PDF document within which you want to move pages.
2. Choose Organize > Move, or right-click the page thumbnail and choose Move
Pages….
3. In the Move Pages dialog box, specify where you want to move pages within the
document, and page range that you want to move.
4. Click OK.

Move one or more pages within a PDF, using page thumbnails

117
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

1. Click the Pages button to open the Pages panel, and select one or more page
thumbnails.
2. To move a page, drag the page thumbnail(s) to the new location.

Swap Two Pages

The Swap feature is useful sometimes if you want to swap two different pages within
a PDF document.

1. Open the PDF document within which you want to swap pages.
2. (Optional) Directly drag and drop the page thumbnail to the target location in the
Pages panel of navigation pane.
3. Choose Organize > Swap, or right-click the page thumbnail and choose Swap
Pages….
4. In the Swap Two Pages dialog box, select or enter two different page numbers in
the Swap and For options.
5. Click OK.

Delete Pages

After combining PDF files, you can delete unwanted or blank pages.

Delete pages using the Delete command

1. Open the PDF document where you want to delete pages.

2. Choose Organize > Delete.
3. Specify a page range by entering the page number(s) you want to delete. You can
choose All pages in range, Even pages only, or Odd pages only, to delete the
related pages in the specified range.

If your PDF contains formatted page numbers, and the Use logical page
numbers option is enabled in File > Preferences > Page Display, you should
enter the numbers that match the numbering on the pages rather than the
physical page numbers. For instance, if you want to remove the second page of
your document which is numbered ii, you should enter ii to remove the page. See
also the preference setting on logical page numbers.

4. Click OK to delete the selected pages.

Note: If you want to retain a copy of the original PDF, make sure that you save the new

118
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

document using Save As rather than Save.

Delete pages using page thumbnails

1. In the Pages panel, select a page or group of pages.

2. Press Delete to delete the selected pages. Or right-click the selected pages,
choose “Delete Pages…” in the context menu and click OK.

Extract, Interleave, Duplicate, and Replace Pages

Extract Pages

Extraction is the process of reusing selected pages of one PDF in a different PDF.
Extracted pages contain not only the content but also all form fields, comments, and
links associated with the original page content.

You can leave the extracted pages in the original document and create a new PDF that
includes all of the extracted pages during the extraction process - comparable to the
familiar processes of cutting-and-pasting or copying-and-pasting, but on the page
level.

1. Open the PDF in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud and choose Organize > Extract. Check
Show Thumbnails to preview the current document in the pop-up Extract Pages
dialog box.
2. (Optional) Right-click the page thumbnails that you want to extract and choose
Extract Pages… to open Extract Pages dialog box.
3. In the Extract Pages dialog box, specify a page range to extract. You can choose
All pages in range, Even pages only, or Odd pages only to extract the related
pages in the specified range.
4. Choose a type of Extract Mode:

Extract pages as one PDF: The extracted pages will be placed in a new PDF
document named “Extracted pages from [original document name].pdf”.

Extract pages as several PDFs by comma (,) sign: With this option selected, if
you have specified several page ranges separated by comma, pages in each page
range will be extracted and placed in a separate PDF document. The generated
PDFs will be named “[original document name]_1.pdf”, “[original document
name]_2.pdf”, and so on.

119
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

Extract each page as a PDF: Each extracted page will be placed in a separate PDF
named “[original document name]_1.pdf”, “[original document name]_2.pdf”, and so
on.

5. Select the Delete the pages after extraction option to delete the selected pages
from the original document.
6. Click OK after setting.

Note: The creator of a PDF document can set the security to prevent the extraction of pages.
To view the security settings for a document, choose File > Properties, and select Security
tab.

Duplicate Pages

The Duplicate Pages feature allows you to copy pages within a PDF document.

1. Open the PDF document within which you want to copy pages.
2. Choose Organize > Duplicate, or right-click the page thumbnail and choose
Duplicate Pages….
3. In the Duplicate Pages dialog box, specify where you want to copy pages within
the document and the number of copies and page range that you want to copy.
4. Click OK.

Tip: You can also duplicate page(s) within a document or in different documents by
dragging and dropping, or using the Copy and Paste commands.

• Dragging and dropping: To duplicate pages within a document, drag the page
thumbnails of the pages you want to duplicate while pressing and holding down
the Ctrl key in the Pages panel, and drop at the desired place (The Line icon
shows the place where the pages will be located.).
• Copy and Paste: Right-click the page thumbnail(s) you want to copy and choose
Copy from the context menu. Then select the desired page thumbnail you want to
paste the page(s) after, and choose Paste from the right-click menu.

Replace Pages

You can replace individual pages to quickly update a PDF. The text, images, and
comments on the original page will be replaced.

Note: The bookmarks associated with the original pages will be unavailable after the
replacement.

120
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

Replace Pages using the Replace command

1. Open the PDF that contains the pages you want to replace and choose
Organize > Replace. (Or right-click the page thumbnails that you want to
replace and choose Replace Pages….)
2. In the Open dialog box, select the file (not limited to PDF format) containing the
replacement pages, then click Open.
3. In the pop-up Replace Pages dialog box, from the original PDF file select the
pages you want to replace and select replacement pages from the selected file.
You can click Browse to change the selected file.
4. Click OK to finish.

Split Pages

Split PDFs into multiple files

The Split Document feature is a process of splitting one or more documents into
multiple smaller-size documents.

1. Open the PDF document you want to split.

2. Choose Organize > Split, or right-click on the target page thumbnails and choose
Split… in the context menu.
3. In the Split Document dialog box, choose one of the options for the Split
documents by item to specify how you want to split the current PDF document.
• Number of pages: Set the maximum number of pages for each document
generated during the splitting.
• Page Range: Manually type the specific page ranges you want to split the
current PDF by.
• Top-Level Bookmarks: Split by the top-level bookmarks if the current
document includes bookmarks.
• Blank Page: Split the current PDF document each time a blank page is
encountered. Blank pages will be discarded when splitting.
4. (Optional) Click Select More Files… to split more files using the splitting setting in
the step above.
5. Click Output Options to specify the file names, and other settings.
6. Click OK.

121
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

Crop Pages

The Crop Pages feature allows you to adjust the visible page area, which is helpful if
you want to create visual consistency in page size within a PDF document that
contains pages of different sizes.

Crop one or more pages

1. Open the PDF document you want to crop.

2. Right click the target page(s) on the Pages thumbnails, choose Crop Pages.
Or, choose Organize > Crop Pages, and drag the cursor to select an area
you want to crop.
3. In the pop-up Set Page Dimensions dialog box, (the margin measurement
indicates the size of the selected area if any), you can specify the settings in
the Margin Control: select CropBox, ArtBox, TrimBox, or BleedBox (they are
displayed in the preview box in black, red, green and blue respectively) and
adjust the proportions to crop. You can preview all the boxes on the right
after checking the item Show All Boxes.

CropBox – Defines the content boundary of the page when it’s displayed
or printed.

ArtBox – Defines the meaningful content of the page including blank

space.

TrimBox – Defines the final dimensions of the page after trimming.

BleedBox – Defines the clipping path when the page is printed

professionally to allow for paper trimming and folding. Printing marks
may fall outside the bleed area.

Constrain Proportions – Locks the cropped proportions and each margin will
have the same distance from each side to the border.

Remove White Margins – Crops the page to the artwork boundary, which is
useful for trimming the edges of presentation slides saved as PDFs.

Set To Zero – Restores all the crop margins to zero.

Reset – Resets all the margins to the original dimensions.

122
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

4. A rectangle in the page thumbnail shown in the preview box shows the
boundaries of the cropped area. Tip: You can directly drag the selection
handles on the borders of the rectangle to adjust the boundaries.
5. Set the page size and adjust the center of the page content if needed.
6. Specify the page range you want to crop. For the Crop item, you can
choose All pages in range, Even pages only, or Odd pages only to crop
the related pages in the specified range.
7. Choose the unit of the margin cropping values.
8. Click OK.

Note: Cropping does not reduce file size because information is not discarded but
merely hidden. And you can restore the page and its content to its original
dimensions by resetting the page size.

Flatten Pages

The Flatten Pages feature can make annotations and form fields in the PDF file
become part of objects of the PDF pages. This feature is often used when you want
all the comments and form fields to be permanent so that the document receivers
cannot modify them (unless they change them with editing tools), or when you want
to lock the PDF document after completing the form fields to ensure that the
document can be viewed consistently on all devices.

After flattening, many items in the document are changed:

• Text Markup, Note comments, and Drawing markup comments: The markups
and Note comment icons change into shape objects. However, the text in
their pop-up notes is lost.
• Typewriter, Callout, Text Box: the boxes or frames change into shape objects,
while the text in the comments changes into text objects.
• File attachments: For a file attachment added with the File command under

the Comment tab as a comment, only the icon remains (which also

changes into a shape object), while the file is removed from the document
and can no longer be opened. (Note: The file attachments added with the File
Attachment command in the Edit tab are not changed after flattening.)
• Stamps: The stamps in the stamp palette provided by Foxit change into shape
objects and the dynamic information (if any) embedded in the stamps
changes into text objects. The stamps that are created with images change
into image objects; stamps created with a PDF page change into
text/image/shape objects based on the content on that page.

123
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

• Form fields: All form fields can no longer be filled or modified. Only the items
that are visible with the Hand command selected remain and change into
shape objects.
• Movies: The movies are no longer available. Only the items that are visible
with the Hand command selected remain and change into shape objects.
• Redaction: For the redaction that has been applied, only the black (or other
colors) rectangle that blocks out redacted content remains and changes into
a shape object, while the redacted content (the underlying content) cannot be
seen or searched. For the content that has been marked for redaction (the
redaction has not been applied yet), flattening the file does not remove the
content and the black rectangle changes into a shape object.

To flatten pages, do as the following:

1. Open the PDF document where you want to flatten pages.

2. Choose Organize > Flatten.
3. In the Flatten Pages dialog box, specify the page range (current page, all pages, a
range of pages), and click OK.

Note: The flattening operation cannot be undone. If you want to retain a copy of the
original PDF, make sure that you save the new document using Save As rather than Save.

Reverse Pages

You may need to reverse a range of pages that are created in reverse order, which
happens a lot when you are scanning paper to PDF. If the PDF contains a large number
of pages, reordering them manually will cost you a lot of time. With Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud, you can reverse a range of pages in a few quick steps.

1. Open the PDF document where you want to reverse pages.

2. Choose Organize > Reverse, or right-click any page thumbnail and choose
Reverse Pages….
3. In the Reverse Page Order dialog box, specify a range of pages you want to reverse.
You can choose All pages in range, Even pages only, or Odd pages only to
reverse the related pages in the specified range.
4. Click OK.

Header & Footer, Watermark & Background to PDFs

Add Header/Footer, Watermark/Background to PDFs with Text, image and PDF,

making your PDFs more professional and easier to view, navigate watermark and

124
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

place marks on documents.

See also the tutorials on “Headers and Footers” and “Watermarks and Backgrounds”.

Header & Footer

To add a new header & footer, please do the following:

With a document open in the application window, do the following:

1. Choose Organize > Header & Footer > Add.

2. Specify the Font and Margin settings and type the text of header & footer in
the text boxes in the “Add Headers and Footers” dialogue box.
3. (Optional) You can insert page numbers, the filename, or the current date to
the text of header & footer. Click in a text box, select a corresponding option
and click Insert. To change the formatting, click Page number and date
format. To specify the page range where you want to add the header &
footer, click Page Range Options….
4. Click OK to activate the operation.

To update the header & footer, please do the following:

1. Choose Organize > Header & Footer > Update.

2. Update the content in the “Update Headers and Footers” dialogue box.
3. Click OK to activate it.

To remove the header & footer, please do the following:

To remove the header and footer from the current document, choose Organize >
Header & Footer > Remove All. Click “Yes” in the pop-up message box.

Background

To add a new background, please do the following:

1. Open a document where you want to add a background and choose Organize >
Background > Add.
2. Edit the background in the “Add Background” dialogue box.
125
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

1) Choose one color as the background, or add the file from your computer via
clicking the browse button. If the file has many pages, you can select one of
them.
2) Set the appearance by choosing the rotation degree and the opacity. To
resize the background in relation to the PDF page dimensions, select Scale
relative to target page and enter a number in the percentage box. Click
“Appearance Options” to set when to display the background.
3) Set the vertical and horizontal distance between the target page and the
background.
4) Choose the page range to play the background. You can select all pages or
specify the page range, or choose even pages or odd pages via clicking the
right items in the subset list.
5) Check or uncheck the Show Preview option to preview the changes or not.

3. Click OK to activate it.

To update the background, please do the following:

1. Choose Organize > Background > Update.

2. Update the content in the “Update Background” dialogue box.
3. Click OK to activate it.

To remove the background, please do the following:

To remove the background from the current document, choose Organize >
Background > Remove All. Click “Yes” in the pop-up message box.

Watermark

To add a new watermark, please do the following:

1. Open a document where you want to add a watermark and choose Organize >
Watermark > Add.
2. Edit the watermark in the “Add Watermark” dialog box.

1) You can create a text watermark or an image watermark.

o To create a text watermark, input the text as the watermark. Then

choose the font, size, and color for the text watermark.

126
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

o To create an image watermark, click the Browse button, select an

image file from your computer as the watermark. You can also
browse a PDF file and select one page from the PDF as the watermark.
To resize the watermark in relation to the original image size, select
Absolute Scale and enter a number in the percentage box. (Note: The
Absolute Scale option is available only when the Scale relative to
target page option is not selected in the next step.)

Note: You are allowed to import a watermark profile (an XML file) and apply it to

your document by clicking the Import watermark icon at the top of the

dialog box.

2) Set the appearance by choosing the rotation degree and the opacity. To
resize the watermark in relation to the PDF page dimensions, select Scale
relative to target page and enter a number in the percentage box. Click
“Appearance Options” to set when to display the watermark.

➢ If you choose the “appear behind page”, the page content will obstruct
your view of some part of the watermark.
➢ If you choose the “appear on the top of page”, the watermark will cover
some content, but you can adjust it via setting the opacity of the
watermark.

3) Set the vertical and horizontal distance between the target page and the
watermark.
4) Choose the page range to play the watermark. You can select all pages or
specify the page range, or choose even pages or odd pages via clicking the
right items in the subset list.
5) Check or uncheck the Show Preview option to preview the changes or not.

3. (Optional) Click Save Settings at the top of the dialog box, and save your current
watermark settings as a profile after naming it. You can reuse the watermark by
selecting the profile directly from the Saved Settings menu. To delete the saved
watermark, select it from the Saved Settings menu, and click the Delete

watermark icon next to the Save Settings button. You can also export the

saved watermark by clicking the Export watermark icon .

4. Click OK to activate it.

127
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

To update the watermark, please do the following:

1. Choose Organize > Watermark > Update.

2. Update the content in the “Update Watermark” dialogue box.
3. Click OK to activate it.

To remove the watermark, please do the following:

To remove the watermark from the current document, choose Organize >
Watermark > Remove All. Click “Yes” in the pop-up message box.

Bates Numbering

What’s Bates Numbering?

Bates numbering is used in the legal, medical, and business fields to place identifying
numbers and/or date/time-marks on images and documents. These numbers may be
solely numeric or may contain a combination of letters and numbers. It is a unique
serial number attached to every page of a document collected and is also a method
of indexing legal documents for easy identification and retrieval.

Add Bates Numbering

1. Choose Organize > Bates Numbering > Add.

2. In the “Add Bates Numbering” dialog box, add files or opened files by clicking Add
Files or Add Open Files.
3. (Optional) In the files list, you can change the order in which Bates numbers are
assigned. You can reorder the files by Name /Size/Modified Time by clicking the
corresponding column name. Alternatively, reorder the files manually as desired
by clicking the Move Up/Down button, or by dragging and dropping the file in the
list. Select a file and click the Remove button to delete it, if necessary.
4. Click Output Options. Here, you can set the name for the output file in the
dialogue box. Click OK to exit the box after completing these settings.

Tip: When naming output files, if you select Add to original file names, you can enter
the string “%BATES_NUMBER_KEY%” in the Insert Before or Insert After boxes to add the
range of Bates number to the filenames (e.g., “0001-0020[original document
name].pdf”).

5. Click OK and a dialog box to add Headers and Footers will pop up for you to insert
Bates Numbering on the PDF documents.

128
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 6: Organize User Manual

6. Select Bates Number in the Macro menu, and then click Insert.
7. Another dialog box will appear for setting the number of digits (any number from
3 to 15), the increment, the start number, rotate angle and the prefix/suffix, if
needed. (Tip: Setting the value of the increment to a negative number reverses the
order of the Bates numbering.) Click OK to finalize the setting.
8. Click OK.

Remove Bates Numbering

Choose Organize > Bates Numbering > Remove All.

Change the format of page numbering

If your PDF file contains front matter likes document cover and copyright page, the
page numbers on the document pages (i.e. the printed page number) may not start
from the document cover but from the body pages. You may need to synchronize the
page numbers displayed below the page thumbnails in PDF viewers with the printed
page numbers. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud enables users to change the format of page
numbering displayed in PDF viewers to meet different needs.

To change the format of page numbering, please do as below:

1. Click Organize > Format Page Numbers. Or right-click a page thumbnail and
select Format Page Numbers….
2. In the Page Numbers dialog box, specify a range of pages you want to number
and set the style of page number and the number you want to start at. You can
also add a prefix to the number, like adding a letter “P” before the number. You
can preview the result in the Sample at the bottom of the dialog box.
3. If you need to continue the numbering sequence from previous pages without
interruption, please check Extend numbering used in preceding section to
selected pages.
4. Click OK to finish.

Note: Make sure the Use logical page numbers option is enabled in File > Preferences >
Page display to display the customized page numbering.

129
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Chapter 7 – Comment
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides you with various commenting tools to add comments
in PDF documents. Comments can be notes or drawings that are intended as an
opinion, an explanation, an illustration, or a statement of fact or opinion, especially a
remark that expresses a personal reaction or attitude. You can type a text message or
add a line, circle, or other shape to make comments on PDFs you are reading with
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud commenting commands. You can also edit, reply, delete, and
move the comments with ease.

Commenting tools

There are various annotation tools with different functions for you to choose: Text
Markup Tools, Pin Tools, Typewriter Tools, Drawing Tools, Measure Tools and Stamp
Tools. You can add different comments by selecting the annotation tools from the
Comments tab or Toolbar.

Note: If you want to add multiple comments without reselecting the same tool, you can
check Keep Tool Selected in the Comment tab.

Text Markup Tools

You can use Text Markup tools to indicate where text should be edited or noticed. Text
Markups fall within the comments category and can be made visible/invisible by
clicking Comment > Manage Comments > Comments > Show All/ Hide All. They do
not change the actual text in the PDF. Instead, they indicate which text should be
deleted, inserted, highlighted or underlined. Text Markup tools include Highlight,
Squiggly, Underline, Strikeout, Replace, and Insert.
Text Markup Tools

Button Tool Name Description

To mark important passages of text with a fluorescent (usually)
Highlight
marker as a means of memory retention or for later reference.
Squiggly
To draw a squiggly line under. Similar to the Underline command.
Underline
Underline To draw a line under to indicate emphasis.
To draw a line to cross out text, making others know the text is
Strikeout
deleted.
Replace Text To draw a line to cross out text and provide a substitute for it.
Insert Text A proofreading symbol (^) used to indicate where something is to
130
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

be inserted in a line.

Tip: You can use the Area Highlight command in the Comment tab to mark any area in
the document with a highlight color. To do this, with the command selected, click and drag
across a region in the document as needed. For details on how to change the appearance
of markups added with the Area Highlight command or remove the markups, please refer
to the related instructions on text markup comments.

Add a text markup comment

1. In the Comment tab, select a type of text markup. Then click and drag from the
beginning of the text you want to mark up. (Tip: After adding text markups with the
Highlight, Underline, Strikeout, Squiggly Underline, or Replace Text tool, you can still
drag the handle at the beginning or end of the text to adjust the text range you have
selected.)
2. (Optional) Add a text message to the text markup comment. If you have opened
the Comments panel, the text field associated with the text markup will be
activated automatically in the Comments panel for you to input a text message
right after you create a text markup. You can also follow the steps in “Open pop-
up notes” to open the pop-up note on the document pane to input a text message.

Tips:

1. At any time, you can add or edit a text message in a text field in the Comments
panel after double-clicking the corresponding comment in the Comments
panel.
2. If you want to add the selected text in PDF document to the pop-up notes of
text markups automatically, please go to File > Preferences > Commenting
and check the Copy selected text into Highlight, Squiggly Underline,
Underline, and Strikeout comment pop-ups option.

3. (Optional) If you need to format the text in the pop-up note, select the text and
choose the desired option in the Format tab in the right panel.
4. (Optional) After inputting the text message, click anywhere outside the pop-up

note (or click the icon in the Comments panel) to confirm your input. And if

necessary, follow the steps in “Close pop-up notes” to close the pop-up note.
5. (Optional) Change the appearance of a text markup comment. When you select a
text markup comment, you will find a toolbar floating around the comment. Select

the Switch color icon on the floating toolbar to change the color for the

131
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

comment. Or, you can change the appearance of text markup comments in the
Format tab that appears in the right panel when you select a comment or are
making a comment.

Tips:

1. When the Format tab in the right panel is closed or hidden, you can click the

Display comment format panel icon on the floating toolbar of an existing

markup.
2. By default, the floating toolbar appears right after you create a comment. If you do
not want the floating toolbar to appear upon a comment creation, please go to
File > Preferences > Commenting, and deselect the Pop up floating toolbar after
comments created option.

Remove a text markup comment

Do one of the following:

Select the Hand command, Select Annotation command, or the

corresponding Text Markup command > click the markup > press the Delete
key.
Select the Hand command, Select Annotation command, or the
corresponding Text Markup command > right-click the markup > choose Delete
from the pop-up context menu.
Choose Delete from the Options menu of the pop-up note.

Pin Tools

You can use pin tools to add comments by adding notes and attaching a file. A note
comment leaves a note icon on the page where you placed it, and a pop-up note for
your text message. Using the File command, you can attach a file in the document as
a comment.

Add a Note Comment

1. To add a note comment, please click the Note command in the Comment tab,
click where you want to place the note.
2. Add a text message to the Note comment and change the appearance of the Note
comment. See also Add a text markup comment.
132
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

3. Click and drag the title bar of the pop-up note to move its position.

Remove a note comment

Do one of the following:

Select the Hand command, Select Annotation command, or the

corresponding commenting tool > click the note icon > press the Delete key.
Select the Hand command, Select Annotation command, or the
corresponding commenting tool > right-click the note icon > choose Delete
from the context menu.
Choose Delete from the Options menu of the pop-up note of the comment.

Add a file as a comment

For how to add a file as a comment and work on it, please refer to File Attachments in
Chapter 5.

Typewriter Tools

The Typewriter tools include Typewriter, Callout, and Textbox.

Typewriter

You can use the Typewriter command to add comments anywhere on a PDF.

A Typewriter comment

 Add comments with Typewriter

Choose Comment > Typewriter.

Click on the area to type any text you want. The Format tab appears in the
right panel for you to specify the font format, add bulleted/numbered lists to
paragraphs, align text, etc. See also the buttons in the Text Style group in the
Format tab.
Press Enter if you want to start a new line.
To finish typing, click anywhere outside the text you have inputted.
133
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Tip: It’s easy to copy-and-paste text to PDF document as a typewriter annotation from
a text document or webpage.

 Editing the typewriter comment

To edit the typewriter comment, do either of the following:

On the document pane, double-click the comment with the Hand command,
Select Annotation command, or the Typewriter command to activate the text
field. Then follow the steps in “ Adding Comments with Typewriter” to edit the
text.
In the Comments panel, double-click the comment that you want to edit. Then

edit the text in the activated field, and click the icon.

Tip: When you select a typewriter comment, you will find a toolbar floating
around the comment, which allows you to copy the selected typewriter comment,
change the font size, and open/close the Format tab.
 Move the typewriter comment

1. Select the Hand command, the Select Annotation command, or the Typewriter
command.
2. Click on the typewriter comment.

3. The cursor turns to a four-way arrow when hovering over the comment.
Hold down the mouse and drag the typewriter comment to the intended place.

 Delete the typewriter comment

1. Select the Hand command, the Select Annotation command, or the Typewriter
command.
2. Click on the typewriter comment.

3. The cursor turns to a four-way arrow when hovering over the comment.
Click on the comment and press the Delete key. Or, right-click the comment
and choose Delete from the pop-up context menu.

Callout and Textbox

Callout and Textbox are designed for users to create comments in a callout text box
or a box.

A callout text box contains a text box and an arrow, which is especially useful when

134
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

you want to single out (but not obscure) a particular area of a document.

A textbox is a rectangle of any size, possibly with a border that separates the text box
from the rest of the interface, allowing the user to input text information. A text box
usually remains visible on the document page. It doesn’t close like a pop-up note.

Note: Callout text boxes and Text boxes allow for horizontal text only.

 Add a callout or textbox

⚫ Choose Comment > Callout/Textbox.

⚫ Click the place where you want to insert the callout or text box. The Format
tab appears in the right panel for you to specify the font format, add
bulleted/numbered lists to paragraphs, align text, etc. See also the buttons in
the Text Style group in the Format tab.
⚫ Type the text. Text wraps automatically when it reaches the right edge of the
box.

 Resize, move, edit or delete a callout or textbox

Select the Hand command, the Select Annotation command, or the corresponding
annotation tool, and do one of the following:

⚫ To resize the callout or textbox, select it and drag any of the sizing handles to
resize it.
⚫ To move a textbox comment, click on it (the cursor changes to a four-way arrow

), and drag it to the intended place.

⚫ For a callout comment, select it, then drag the text box to move the text box only,
drag the line with the arrow to move the entire callout, or drag the arrow only to

135
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

move the arrow to the position you want to point to.

⚫ To edit the text in the callout or text box, please refer to “Editing the Typewriter
Comment”.
⚫ To change the appearance of a callout or textbox comment, select it and use the
formatting commands on the floating toolbar or in the Format tab.
⚫ To delete the callout or textbox, select it and press Delete, or right-click it and
then choose Delete.

Drawing Tools

Drawing Tools allow you to mark up a document with rectangles, ovals, polygons,
clouds, arrows, lines, polylines, etc. It is quite useful when you have to make some
shapes to mark the text or image.

Add a drawing markup comment

1. In the Comment tab, select a type of drawing markup. Then click and drag to
make a shape you want to mark up.
2. (Optional) Sizing handles (small circles or squares) appear at the corners and sides
of a selected drawing markup. You can drag these handles to change the size and
shape of the markup.
3. (Optional) When you select a drawing markup comment, you will find a toolbar
floating around the comment, which allows you to change the color of the
comment quickly. Or you can change the appearance of drawing markup
comments in the Format tab that appears in the right panel when you choose a
drawing markup tool.
4. (Optional) To add a text message in the pop-up note for the markup, refer to Text
Markup Tools for details.

Drawing Tools

Tool
Button Description
Name
To draw a four-sided plane figure with four right angles. Press
Rectangle
the Shift key to draw a square.
Oval To draw an oval shape or a circle with pressing the Shift key.
To draw a closed plane figure bounded by three or more line
Polygon
segments.
Cloud To draw cloud shapes.
To draw something, such as a directional symbol, that is
Arrow
similar to an arrow in form or function.
136
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Line To mark with a line.

To draw an open plane figure with three or more line
PolyLine
segments.

Pencil To draw free-form shapes.

An implement, acts as a piece of rubber, used for erasing the

Eraser
pencil markups.

To draw a rectangle

1. Choose Comment > Drawing > Rectangle.

2. Click and drag across the region in the document where you want to create the
drawing. Press the Shift key to draw a square.

To draw an oval shape

1. Choose Comment > Drawing > Oval.

2. Click and drag across the region in the document where you want to create the
drawing, or draw a circle with Shift.

To draw a polygon or polyline

1. Choose Comment > Drawing > Polygon or PolyLine.

2. Click and drag the cursor, and click again at the desired location to draw a straight
line.
3. Move the cursor and click once at each position where you want a new line
segment to appear.
4. (Optional) While drawing, right-click a point and choose Cancel Drawing Markup
from the context menu to discard the drawing.
5. To end a polyline, double-click the last point to complete the drawing. To end a
polygon, do either of the following:

• Right-click a point and choose Complete Drawing Markup from the

context menu (or directly double-click a point) to draw the second-to-last
line of the polygon, and an additional line will be automatically drawn from
this point to the start point to close the polygon.
• Double-click the start point to finish the drawing.

To draw a cloud shape

1. Choose Comment > Drawing > Cloud.

2. Click to create the start point, move the pointer, and click once where you want a
new segment to appear.
137
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

3. (Optional) While drawing, right-click a point and choose Cancel Drawing Markup
from the context menu to discard the drawing.
4. To finish drawing the shape, double-click the last point, or right-click the last point
and choose Complete Drawing Markup from the context menu.

Note: If you draw a cloud shape in a counterclockwise direction, the cloud comes out

inward . If you draw the lines forming the shape in a clockwise direction, the cloud

is created with the points outward .

To draw a line or an arrow

1. Choose Comment > Drawing > Line or Arrow.

2. Click and drag across the region in the document where you want to create the
drawing.

Tip: To draw a line or an arrow in horizontal, vertical, or at a 45-degree angle, press

Shift as you draw.

To draw with the Pencil and Eraser tools

You can use the Pencil tool to create free-form drawings as you draw on a piece of
paper, and the Eraser tool acts as an eraser to allow you to remove the drawings you
create with the Pencil tool.

Edit, resize, move, or delete a drawing markup

Use the Hand command, the Select Annotation command, or the corresponding
Drawing Tool to select a drawing markup.

To edit the drawing markup, right-click it, select Properties and do settings as
needed. Or you can edit it using the Format tab.
To resize the drawing markup, select it, and drag one of the handles to make your
adjustments. Tip: For markups that are drawn with the Rectangle or Oval command,
you can resize multiple markups at the same time. To do this, select multiple markups
you want to resize, and then right-click the anchor markup (the markup whose sizing
handles are solid/active squares) > Size > Height/Width/Both, or open the Format

tab in the right panel and then choose , , or . And you’ll see that the

height/width/height and width of the selected markups is resized to be the same as

that of the anchor markup.

138
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

To move the drawing markup, select it and drag it to the target place.
To add or edit a text message for the drawing markup, see the instructions for
adding a text markup comment.
If you draw a line or arrow, you can enable the comment to be shown on the line
or arrow by checking Show text in line in the line properties box.
Check Set Current Properties as Default in the properties box so that the
current settings can be applied next time by default.
To delete a drawing markup, see the instructions for removing a text markup
comment.

Group the markups

Grouping drawing markups enables you to combine them so that you can work with
them as though they were a single object. You can move or delete the group, set its
status, change its appearance, etc.

Select the Hand command or the Select Annotation command, and do one of the
following:

⚫ To group/ungroup markups, select the markups you want to group/ungroup by

pressing Ctrl > right-click on one of the selected markups, and then choose
Group/Ungroup.
⚫ To work with a group, select one of the markups and then work with the group
as other comments.

Measure Tools

The Measure Tools enable you to measure distances and areas of objects in PDF
documents. The measure tools are especially useful when you need to know the
distances or areas associated with objects in a form or computer-aided design (CAD)
drawing or when you want to measure certain areas of a document before sending to
a professional printer. The measure tools are available to users only if the PDF creator
enables measuring functionality.

When you use a measure tool, the tool dialog box displays the measurements of the
line segments you draw.

Measuring the objects

 Select Measure > Distance in the Comment tab to measure the distance

139
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

between two points. While measuring the distance, you can specify whether
to show the default leader on both side of the measurement points or not in
Measuring Preferences. Click the first point, move the pointer to the second
point, and click again. If you choose to use the default leader, move your
mouse to determine the leader length, and then click on the document again
to finish measuring. The measurements will appear on the page.
 Select Measure > Perimeter in the Comment tab to measure a set of
distances between multiple points. Click the first point to start, and then click
each point you want to measure. Double-click the last point to end
measuring. (Tip: When you move the cursor to a position toward the first point,
a small red circle will appear at the first point, which allows you to click on the
first point to end measuring and measure a closed perimeter.)
 Select Measure > Area of Polygon in the Comment tab to measure the area
within the line segments that you draw. Click the first point to start, and then
click each point you want to measure. After you have clicked at least two
points, click the first point or double-click the last point to complete the area
measurement.
 Select Measure > Area of Circle in the Comment tab to measure the area
of circular objects in PDF files. Click and drag to draw an oval (or use Shift +
drag to draw a circle) across the object that you want to measure, and
release your mouse to complete measuring.

Note: When measuring with the Distance, Perimeter, or Area of Polygon command, you
can hold down SHIFT to snap the two points horizontally, vertically, or diagonally (in 45
degrees). You can also choose to complete or cancel measurement by right-clicking the
measurement and choosing options from the context menu.

After you select the measuring tool, the Format tab appears in the right panel, which
allows you to calibrate the scale ratio, snap measurement, export measurement
markup, etc.

 If your PDF file includes embedded scale ratio, you can measure
distance/perimeter/area using the embedded scale ratio. Before that, you need
to select the Use Scale and Units From Document (When present) option in
File > Preferences > Measuring. Then all the following measuring will use the
embedded scale ratio. To calibrate the scale ratio for your document for an
accurate result, choose either method of the following:

➢ With the Use Scale and Units From Document (When present) option
selected:

1) Choose Calibrate from the Format tab and then click the two
points of the line whose actual length has already been known. (Tips:
140
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

When drawing, you can hold down SHIFT to snap the two points horizontally,

vertically, or diagonally. You can also click Snap to Paths in the

Format tab to capture the path in the page.)
2) When the second point is selected, the Calibration dialog box pops up.
3) Type the actual length that the line represents and choose the
appropriate unit, which will set a new scale ratio.
4) (Optional) If you already have the correct scale ratio, directly define the
measurement value and choose the appropriate unit in the Format tab.
5) Then in the pop-up Calibration dialog box, click Store Scale in Page to
apply the new scale ratio to the current page, or click Apply to All Pages

to apply it to all pages (Or click the / icon in the Format tab to
apply the new scale ratio to the current page or all pages). The new scale
ratio will be embedded into the page or all pages respectively, replacing
the original embedded scale ratio.
6) As the scale ratio is embedded into the document, the measurements
in the document change accordingly.
➢ With the Use Scale and Units From Document (When present) option
unselected, directly define a custom scale ratio in the Format tab, or click

Calibrate in the Format tab to define a new scale ratio. The defined
scale ratio will only be applied to the current page.
 Check Show result information in the Format tab if you want to see the current
measuring result, including real distance, angle, horizontal and vertical position,
etc.
 Check Measurement markup in the Format tab to add and show the
measurement lines you draw in the PDF file. When this option is checked, you can
add a label to measurement markups either by using the one specified in
measuring preferences or inputting a new one in the Add Label box. The label for
Distance markup will be shown in the distance measurement line, while the label
for Perimeter and Area markups will be shown in their pop-up notes. When you
put the pointer over the measurement markups with the Hand command
selected, you can also view the measurement result and label.
 Check Rulers in the Format tab to show the rulers.
 Choose one or more snapping types from the Format tab. For precise
measurements, position the key points when moving the cursor.

Snap to Endpoints : a small red circle will appear at the endpoint of the path
when moving the cursor toward the end of the path.

Snap to Midpoints : a small red triangle will appear at the midpoint of a path
141
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

when moving the cursor over the path.

Snap to Paths : the cursor will automatically change to a red square box on a
path when moving the cursor over the path.

Snap to Intersections : a small red cross will appear at the intersection of two
paths when moving the cursor over the point of two intersecting paths.

 Choose Export to Excel from the Format tab to save all the measurement

information in your PDF to a CSV file.

Note: The object you draw will disappear when the Measurement Markup is deselected in
the Distance dialog box.

Working on the measurement markup

After you complete the measurement, you are able to do further operations on it, such
as move, resize, flip, and even work on it the way you work on comments.

1. Moving the measurement markup

1) With the Hand command or the Select Annotation command selected, click the
measurement markup you want to move.
2) Place the cursor over the object, hold and drag the mouse to move it to the
intended place.
3) (For distance measurement markups only) To move the label as well as the
measurement result shown on the distance measurement markup: click on
the text shown on the markup > drag the label directly to a desired position.
2. Changing the length and orientation of the distance measurement markup
1) With the Hand command or the Select Annotation command selected, select
the measurement markup. Move the cursor over one of the handles (the small
circles or squares) at the endpoints of the markup.
2) Hold and drag the mouse to change the length and orientation of the distance
measurement markup.

3. Flipping the distance measurement markup and the result

1) Select the Hand command or the Select Annotation command.
2) Right-click the markup you draw > select Flip.

142
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Working on Measurement Markups as Comments

The measurement markups can also be used as comments. You can set the status,
open pop-up notes, delete them, reply to the markups, change the properties, and set
the current properties as default.

Note: To show measurement markup and the measurement results, right-click on the
object you draw, and choose Properties > Appearance > then check Show text in line.

For information on how to work on the measurement markups as comments, please

refer to the corresponding sections in “Chapter 7 – Comments”.

Change the appearance of measurement markups

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides multiple ways to change the appearance of
measurement markups. When you select a measurement markup, a toolbar will float
above the measurement markup for you to quickly change the line color. You can also
go to the Format tab in the right panel and the Properties dialog box to specify more
advanced settings. If you change the appearance through the Format tab, Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud will save the properties and apply them to any new measurement
markups as well. If you change the appearance via the Properties dialog box and do
not check Set Current Properties as Default option in the dialog, Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud will only apply the properties to your currently selected markup.

 Change the appearance through the Format tab

 Select the Hand command or Select Annotation command.

 Click the measurement markup that you want to change the appearance, and then
the Format tab will appear in the right panel.
 Do any of the following as needed:
➢ Change the line color: Select one of the preset colors in the Shape Style group,

or click the Custom Color button to modify the preset style or customize a
new style.
➢ Change the opacity: Drag the Opacity slider to change the opacity.

➢ Set the fill color: Click the Fill Color button , then choose a desired color
from the color palette.

➢ Change the line width: In the Line Width field , input a value, or
select the desired value from the drop-down list.

143
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

➢ Change the dash type: Click the Dash Type button , and then select a dash

type as needed.
➢ Change the shape for the start/end of the line: Select the desired shape in the
Start of line or End of line group.

 Change the appearance via the Properties dialog box

 Select the Hand command or Select Annotation command.

 Right click the measurement markup that you want to set the appearance, and
then select Properties from the context menu. See also Change the appearance
of comments in the Properties dialog box.

Arrange the measurement markups

When you select two or more measurement markups, you will find a toolbar floating
around the markups. Click the corresponding buttons directly to arrange, align, or
distribute the selected measurement markups. You can also find the
Arrange/Alignment/Distribute buttons from the Format tab in the right panel or the
context menu after you right-click them. For more information about the buttons,
please refer to Arrange comments.

Stamps

The Stamp Tools in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud are a group of advanced tools that enable
you to stamp content and watermarks into a PDF document. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
supports image stamps with various image formats (JPEG, GIF, BMP, WMF, etc.) and
PDF file stamps. You can either create dynamic stamps which can obtain information
from your system including name, date and time, or import existing dynamic stamps.
Stamping PDF files is a very useful feature especially when you need to give reviewers
some advices about the document's status or sensitivity.

Stamp a PDF

You can choose from a list of predefined stamps, or create custom stamps before
stamping a PDF. All the stamps that you import or create are listed in the drop-down
menu of the Stamp command and Stamps Palette. To apply a stamp, please do the
following:

1. Choose Comment > Stamp > choose a stamp from the menu. In the Stamps

144
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

window, select a category from the menu, and then select a stamp.
2. The cursor changes into a rectangle with the appearance preview of the stamp.
Click on the position where you want to place the stamp, or drag a rectangle on
the document page to define the size and placement.

Notes:

1. All the stamps that you import or customize will be listed after you click Stamp button,
you can choose directly a stamp from the menu.
2. The date format shown on the dynamic stamp is the same as that you set in your system.

Create a Stamp

You can create custom stamps and dynamic stamps.

 Creating a Custom Stamp

1. Choose Comment > Custom Stamp > Create Custom Stamp.

2. In the Create Custom Stamp dialog box, click Browse… and choose an image file
or a PDF file. If the selected file contains multiple pages, you can drag the scroll
bar to select a page.
3. For Category, type a new category name or choose an existing category from the
drop-down list, name the stamp, and then click OK.

Note: If the stamp you choose is an image file, you can adjust the opacity of the image via
dragging the scrollbar as needed. By default, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will create transparent
stamps from images with a white background.

Import stamps

Sometimes, you may need to reuse the customized stamps created with desktop
applications, such as Foxit PDF Editor for Windows/Mac. You are able to import these
stamps into Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. To do so, follow these steps:

1. Choose Comment > Custom Stamp > Import Stamp.

2. In the pop-up dialog box, select the stamp file you want to import and click
Open. Tip: Customized stamps created with desktop applications are usually saved
as stamp files. For instance, in Foxit PDF Editor for Windows Subscription Release,
you can find stamp files in the following path:
C:\Users\UserName\AppData\Roaming\Foxit Software\Continuous\Foxit PDF
Editor\Stamps\User Stamps.

145
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

3. Once imported successfully, the stamps will be displayed in the menu that
appears when you click Comment > Stamp. You can then utilize them in your
PDFs as needed.

Manage a stamp

To manage a stamp, please do the following:

 Choose Comment > Custom Stamp > Manage Stamps, open Management
Custom Stamps dialog box, and select a stamp.
 Click Custom Stamp to create a stamp. Please refer to Creating a stamp.
 Click Delete to remove the stamp.

Note: Deleting a custom stamp category will delete all stamps that are subordinate to it.

 Undo/Redo a Stamp

To undo/redo a Stamp, please click the undo button and redo button on the

Quick Access toolbar.

 Resize/move a stamp

⚫ Select the Hand command or the Select Annotation command.

⚫ To resize a stamp, select it, and drag one of the handles to make your
adjustments.
⚫ To move a stamp, select it to drag.
⚫ To add a pop-up note to a stamp, select it and double-click the stamp. See
also “About pop-up notes”.

 Rotate a stamp

1) Select the Hand command or the Select Annotation command.

2) Select the stamp(s) that you want to rotate, and you will find the rotation
handle at the top of the selected stamp(s).
3) Drag the rotation handle to rotate the selected stamps at any degree.

 Delete a stamp

Do one of the following:

⚫ Select the stamp you want to delete and then press the Delete key.
⚫ Right-click on the stamp, and choose Delete from the Context Menu.

146
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Set Favorite Stamps

 Choose Comment > Custom Stamp > Set Favorite Stamps….

 Select a stamp in All Stamps panel, and then click Add to Favorite, then the
stamp you select will be added to Favorite Stamps panel.
 To remove a stamp from Favorite Stamps panel, select the stamp you want to
remove and then click Remove from Favorite.

Accounting Calculator

The Accounting Calculator tool in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud gives you an easy way to have
efficient paperless workflows. When preparing some digital workpapers (such as
expense reports) or if you are an accountant and tax preparer, you can not only do
calculations with the tool, but also add the electronic calculator tapes to your PDFs as
annotations, the same way you did on paper.

1. Open your PDF document in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, and choose Comment >
Accounting Calculator.
2. The calculator window pops up. You can see the calculator keypad on the left, the
calculator tape area on the right, and the related buttons on top of the window.
The functionality of the calculator is very similar to most hand-held calculators.
3. (Optional) Before doing your calculation, do the following settings with the buttons
as needed:
• Reset: reset the calculator to the default settings.
• Undo/Redo: undo or redo your last action.
• Date Time: specify whether to show the current date and time on the calculator
tape.
• Add Line/Del Line: click Add Line to insert a blank row above the currently
selected row in the existing tape and then you can double-click the cells in the
newly-added row to enter a value and choose an operator. Or click Delete Line
to delete a row that you want to delete from the tape. As you insert or delete
a row, the calculation result updates automatically.
• Clear Tape: discard all the current calculations and then you can start a new
one.
• Decimal: specify the number of displayed or rounded decimal places (i.e., the
number of digits of the decimal part).
• Rounding: specify the rounding method for the decimal part. For example, with
the Decimal set to 2 above, the following table shows the different results of
different rounding methods.

147
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Number Rounding Method Result

8.330
8.331 8.34 (Rounding Up)
…… Rounding Up/Down
8.338 8.33 (Rounding Down)
8.339
8.330
8.331
Rounding 8.33
……
8.334
8.335
8.336
Rounding 8.34
……
8.339

4. (Optional) Double-click a cell in the Comment column in the tape to add a

description for the calculated item. You can also double-click the cells in the
Amount and Op columns to make changes as needed.
5. When you complete the calculation, you can type the name for the tape in the
textbox above the calculator tape area, and save the tape to the document by
clicking the Create Tape button.
6. The digital calculator tape is added to the document as a Textbox comment.
7. (Optional) To modify the tape, right-click the tape in the document and choose Edit
Calculator Tape from the context menu. Make necessary edits to the tape in the
calculator window and click the Complete button when you finish. Select Yes in
the pop-up dialog box if you want to update the creation time of the tape at the
same time.

About pop-up notes

Most comments include a pop-up note associated with them. You can type text
message in their pop-up notes to communicate ideas or provide feedback for the
document (See also Reply to comments). This type of pop-up note also includes an
Options button which provides various options for more actions. (Note: For all types
of comments except the Eraser comment, when you put the cursor over them, a message
note appears showing the information about the comment like the author, the text he typed,
or the name of the file attachment.)

Sometimes pop-up notes are hidden or closed. To open pop-up notes, select the Hand
command, Select Annotation command, or the corresponding commenting tool, and
then do any of the following:
148
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

• Click on the comment, and select the Edit note icon on the toolbar
floating above the comment to open its pop-up note.
• Double-click the comment. Note: When the Comments panel is hidden, double-
clicking the comment opens (or closes) the pop-up note on the document pane. With
the Comments panel open, double-clicking the comment activates the text field
associated with the comment in the Comments panel for you to add or edit the
text message in the pop-up note. However, for a file attachment comment, double-
clicking the file attachment icon opens the file attachment (if you have permissions),
whether the Comments panel is hidden or open.
• Right-click the comment, and choose Open Popup Note to open the pop-up
note of the selected comment or Open All Popups to open the pop-up notes
of all the comments in the document.
• Click Comment > Manage Comments > Popup Notes > Open All to open the
pop-up notes of all the comments in the document.

To close or hide pop-up notes, select the Hand command, Select Annotation
command, or the corresponding commenting tool, and then do any of the following:

• Click the Close button on the pop-up note.

• Make sure that you have closed the Comments panel, and then double-click
the comment.
• Right-click the comment, and choose Close Popup Note to close the pop-up
note of the selected comment or Close All Popups to close the pop-up notes
of all the comments in the document.
• Click Comment > Manage Comments > Popup Notes > Close All to close the
pop-up notes of all the comments in the document.

You can adjust the location of a pop-up note to make sure that it does not overlap the
contents. To move a pop-up note, directly drag it to the desired position.

Note: If you choose Comment > Manage Comments > Comments > Hide All, all
comments in the document along with their associated pop-up notes will be hidden; choose
Comment > Manage Comments > Comments > Show All, all comments in the document
along with their associated pop-up notes (except any you had closed) will reappear.

Change the appearance of comments in the

Properties dialog box

You can change the color and appearances of comments or markups after you create
them by right-clicking the comment and choosing Properties. Also, you can set the
149
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

new look as the default appearance for that tool.

In the Properties dialog box for each comment, there are two options:

Check Locked at the bottom of the Properties dialog box to prevent the comment
from being moved, altered or deleted.
Set Current Properties as Default – check this option to set the current property
settings as default so that all the settings can be applied by default next time.

Note: You can change the appearance of comments in the floating toolbar, the Format tab
in the right panel, or the comment properties dialog box. If you change the appearance
through the Format tab, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will save the properties and apply them in
the new comments as well. If you change the appearance via the Properties dialog box and
do not check Set Current Properties as Default option in the dialog, Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud will only apply the properties to your currently selected comment.

Change the appearance of Note Comments

1. After you create a note comment, right-click the note icon and choose Properties…,
or click Options at the top-right corner of the note pop-up box and choose
Properties….

2. In the Note Properties dialog box, do any of the following, and then click Close:

Click the Appearance tab to change the color and opacity of the comment.
Click the Note Type tab to change the type of icon used.
Click the General tab to change the author’s name and subject of the comment.
Click the Review History tab to see the history of changes people have made to
the status of a comment during a review.

Change the appearance of Text Markups

Follow the steps of “Change the appearance of Note Comments”.

There is no Note Type tab in Text Markups settings.

Change the appearance of Drawing Markups

In the Properties dialog box, do any of the following, and then click Close:

150
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Click the Appearance tab to change such options as the border style, color and
opacity. The type of the comment selected determines which options are available.
Click the General tab to change the author’s name and subject of the comment.
Click the Review History tab to see the history of changes people have made to
the status of a comment during a review.

Change the appearance of Typewriter Markups

In the Typewriter Properties dialog box, do any of the following, and then click Close:

Click the Appearance tab to change the opacity.

Click the General tab to change the author’s name and subject of the comment.
Click the Review History tab to see the history of changes people have made to
the status of a comment during a review.

Change the appearance of a textbox or callout

Please refer to Change the appearance of Drawing Markups.

Managing Comments

View all comments

The comments panel displays all comments in the PDF so that you can easily find the
comments. In addition, it also provides a toolbar with basic options: Expand
All/Collapse All, Previous, Next, Sort By, Hide/Show all comments, Search box,
and Filter.

 The comment is displayed in the pop-up note or on the markup icon and acts as
a tooltip when the pop-up note is closed.
 If you input the comment with too many lines, it will only show some of the
comment while the rest will be displayed as suspension points when the cursor is
moved outside the pop-up note. Click inside the pop-up note to view it with scroll
bar.
 Click the Filter icon to search specific comments you need by the author, status,
type, and more. In the Filter Comments dialog box, select a status or author to
151
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

show the comments that are in the status and made by the author. If you only
want to filter the comments by the original author and ignore all the replies,
please check Filter by the original author only as well. Click Clear All to clear all
filters.
 The Comments Panel displays all the comments in the PDF without any filter; if
you have filtered the comments, only the comments that match the filtering
criteria appear in the panel. When you navigate through comments, the selected
comment will automatically be kept in sync with the current comment being
displayed. And you click on a comment to go to the corresponding comment on
the page.

To view comments in the Comments panel,

 Click the comments button in Navigation pane to open the Comments

panel.
 In the Comments panel, there are the following functions to provide you:

 Search box - Type a string to search comments that

contains the string.

 Expand All – Click Expand All button to expand individual comments.

 Collapse All – Click Collapse All button to collapse all comments.

 Previous /Next – Browse through the comments. Click the Previous

button or the Next button to go to the previous or next comment. The two
buttons are unavailable if no comment is selected.

 Sort By – you can sort comments by author, page, type, date, status, or

checkmark status. In a thread of replies, only first message is sorted, and the
reply messages are sorted in the same category as first message. (Tip: When
you sort comments by Page, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will list comments on the same
page based on their positions, from left to right and top to bottom.)

 Show/Hide all comments – you can show/hide all comments in the PDF

document. (To show/hide all comments on the Comments panel, you can also
choose Comment > Manage Comments > Comments > Show All/ Hide All.)
152
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Tips:

1. The page on which a comment is located is kept in sync with the selected comment in
the Comments panel. To go to the page where a comment is located, simply click the
comment in the Comments panel.

2. Click on a comment in the Comments panel, and the icon appears. Clicking the

icon opens a context menu for you to do more actions.

Select comments

1. Select the Select Annotation command, the Hand command, or a commenting

tool.
2. Click on a comment to select it. To select multiple comments at the same time,
Ctrl-click or Shift-click the comments you need.

Undo and Redo comments

Set and change a status

Set a status

Setting a status is useful for keeping track of comments that you have read or that
require further action. You can use the status to indicate which comments you want
to accept, reject, cancel, complete, defer, or mark for future consideration.

By setting the review status, you can show or hide a certain set of comments, and let
review participants know how you are going to handle the comment. Once the review
status is set, you cannot remove the review status display from history in the Review
History list, even if you change the review status to None.

Change the status of a comment

With the Hand command, the Select Annotation command, or the corresponding
tool selected, right-click a comment in Comments panel you want to change the
status of, choose Set Status > choose one option from the pop-up Context menu,
and then select an option.
To view a markup’s history of changes:
A. Right-click the markup in the document pane or Comments panel, and then
153
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

choose Properties.
B. In the Properties dialog box, click the Review History tab to view the history of
status changes people have made to a markup.

Reply to comments

Replying to comments is useful in shared reviews, when participants can read each
other’s comments. They can also be used by review initiators to let reviewers know
how their suggestions are being implemented. All replies appear in the pop-up note
and are listed below the original comment. You can view the respective reply with the
reply title and mark. See also About pop-up notes.

1. To reply to original comments in the pop-up note, do any of the following:

Using the Hand command, the Select Annotation command, or the
corresponding comment tool, open the pop-up note for the comment, click
the vertical three-dot icon, and select Reply. And then type your reply in the
textbox that appears in the pop-up window.
Right-click the original comment and select Reply. And then type your reply in
the textbox that appears in the pop-up window.
2. Replying to Comments in the Comments List

Choose View > View Setting > Navigation Panels > Comments (or click the

Comments icon in the navigation pane) to open the Comments panel if it

is hidden.
In the Comments panel, select the comment to activate the Add Reply box.

Input your reply in the box and click the icon.

3. To delete the reply message, do either of the following:

In the note pop-up window, click the vertical three-dot icon and click Delete.
In the Comments panel, click the vertical three-dot icon, and click Delete.

4. To flag comments with a checkmark, click the vertical three-dot icon beside
the comment in the Comments panel, and choose Mark with Checkmark. You
can sort the comments with checkmarks.

Arrange comments

When you select one or more comments, the Format tab appears in the right panel,
allowing you to arrange the comments. You can arrange multiple comments by
154
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

aligning, centering and distributing them. Please follow the steps below.

Select multiple comments

1. Select the Select Annotation command.

2. Press and hold Shift or Ctrl and click the comments you want to edit.

Align Comments

Select two or more comments that you want to align. Then do one of the following:

 Navigate to the Format tab in the right panel, and then choose a command as
follows:

A. To align a column of comments, choose , , or to align them

respectively to the left edge, right edge, or vertical axis of the anchor comment.

B. To align a row of comments, choose , , or to align them

respectively to the top edge, bottom edge, or horizontal axis of the anchor
comment.

Note: The alignment commands move the other selected comments to line up with the
edges of the anchor comment.

 Refer to Align Images for more information.

Center Comments

This function enables you to center comments vertically, horizontally or both.

To center comments, select two or more comments that you want to center. Then do
one of the following:

 Navigate to the Format tab in the right panel, and then choose , , or to
center them vertically, horizontally or both.
 Please refer to Center Images for more information.

155
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Distribute Comments

In the context of laying out comments on a page, you can give a group of comments
uniform spacing, based on the centers of adjacent comments. This function will be
available when selecting three or more comments.

 To distribute the comments, navigate to the Format tab in the right panel, and

then choose and to distribute vertically or horizontally.

 Please refer to Distribute Images for more information.

Summarize comments

Summarizing comments is an easy way to help you directly obtain a synopsis of

comments associated with the PDF. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports to create a
comment summary PDF. To create a comment summary, do as below:

1. Choose Comment > Summarize Comments.

2. In Create Comment Summary dialog box, do the following:
A. Choose the layout of the summary and there are five types of layouts for you
to choose:
 L1--Document and comment with connector lines on separate pages
 L2-- Document and comment with connector lines on single pages
 L3—Comments only
 L4-- Document and comment with sequence numbers on separate pages
 L5-- Document and comment with sequence numbers on single pages

L1 L2

156
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

L3 L4

L5
B. Comment Type - Choose the comment type you want to summarize.
C. Paper Size-Select the paper size of the summary
D. Font Size - Select the font size of the summary.
E. Sort comments by – Choose how to sort the comments.
F. Include pages– Specify the page range you need to summarize.
3. Click OK and a PDF named “Summary of Comments on [original document
name].pdf” will be opened automatically. You can rename it before you save.

Import/export comments data

This feature is especially useful for PDF reviewing. When you receive an email
invitation to a PDF review, the invitation typically includes the PDF as an attachment
or provides a URL to the PDF. Alternatively, you may receive a Form Data Format (FDF)
attachment. When opened, an FDF file configures your review settings and opens the
PDF in Foxit PDF Editor. At this moment, you need to know how to import the
comment data from the FDF file. Similarly, you may export comment data and send
them as an FDF file to the other participants.
157
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 7: Comment User Manual

Tip: The users of Foxit PDF Editor can import the comments data from FDF, XFDF and JSON
files. You can also export the comments data to FDF, XFDF, and JSON files.

Import comments data

 Open the PDF document where you want to import comments data. Choose
Comment > Import > navigate to where the desired file is, select it, and press
“Open”. You will be prompted that the comments data has been imported
successfully.

Export comments data

To export comments data as an FDF, XFDF, or JSON file, please do the following;

1. Choose Comment > Export > select a file format.

2. You will be prompted to download the file to your local drive.

158
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

Chapter 8 – Share
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports different methods to share and collaborate on PDF
documents with others. Its Cloud Documents allows users to save files to the cloud
and access them at any time in any browser or mobile device, greatly improving users'
work efficiency. The Share feature enables document owners to share files for
collaboration in real-time and collect comments from reviewers. The integration with
different third-party application platforms lets users share and manage documents
easily within a single application.

Cloud Documents

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides cloud storage to offer users a secure and seamless
document workflow. Users can easily upload or save files to the cloud (Cloud
Documents), allowing access from anywhere, at any time, and on any device. Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud is certified by Microsoft and SOC2, and uses AWS S3 as its storage
solution for the uploaded files, ensuring the protection of user data during storage,
transit, backup, and retention. For more information on the Cloud Documents’
security, please refer to Cloud Documents Security White Paper on the Foxit website.

The Cloud Documents feature is also available in Foxit PDF Editor for Windows and
Mac and Foxit PDF Editor Mobile, which allows users to work on their files across
different platforms with ease and boost productivity.

Notes:

1. For enterprise users, the administrator should enable the Cloud Documents feature
in Foxit Admin Console before utilizing this functionality.
2. If the Cloud Documents feature is disabled, all the documents uploaded by users
and files shared through the Share feature within the enterprise will be deleted,
and the Share feature will be disabled as well.

Upload files to Cloud Documents

Users can upload any file to Cloud Documents automatically by enabling the
Automatically upload local document to Cloud Documents when the file is
opened option in File > Preferences > Documents. If the option is disabled and you
want to upload a file to Cloud Documents, you can do either of the following:

• Open the file in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, make any necessary edits, and then

159
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

save it to Cloud Documents. See also Save PDFs.

• Go to the homepage of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud and click on Documents on the
left-hand side of the page. Then, choose Cloud Documents to open the Cloud
Documents page, where all your uploaded files are listed. Click on Upload
Files above the file list (if any) at the top-right corner of the page to upload a
file to Cloud Documents. Alternatively, you can choose Home on the left-hand
side of the homepage to access the Home page, where you can also find the
Upload Files command above the file list (if any) to upload a file.

Work with Cloud Documents

On the Cloud Documents page, you can work on uploaded documents and create
new folders to organize and categorize them from any device at any time after logging
in to Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, without needing to upload the same file repeatedly.

You can quickly locate relevant documents within your Cloud Documents repository
by using the Search field, which is located on the title bar when you are on the
homepage of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. Simply enter the filename of the specific file you
are looking for.

To quickly edit uploaded documents or perform other operations, move the cursor
over a file in the file list, and several icons will appear. These icons allow you to share,
star, and perform other actions on the file. When you move the cursor over the
horizontal three-dot icon , a menu drops down with several options, allowing you
to perform actions like editing, annotating, protecting, and more. Alternatively, you
can click on a file in the file list to open it, and then choose commands and options on
the workspace to perform necessary tasks.

Notes:

1. By default, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud automatically saves changes to Cloud Documents
a little while after each edit, providing added protection against system crashes or
power failures.
2. Deleted files from Cloud Documents cannot be retrieved or recovered. Please make
sure you have saved a copy of the file before deleting it.
3. The Recent tab on the Home page displays only the user's recently opened Cloud
Documents.

Collaboration with the Share feature

The Share feature allows document owners to quickly share a file for collaboration by

160
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

generating a file link or sending an invitation email. Authorized reviewers who receive
the file link or invitation email can view or add comments to the document in web
browsers at anytime from anywhere with an internet connection. Document owners
can also add a deadline for the sharing or end the sharing at any time after sharing.

With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, multiple reviewers can work on the same document
simultaneously and see comments added by others. All comments from authorized
users are saved back to the original source document, making collaboration effective.

Share a file via a link

1. Open the file in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud and click the Share button on Title Bar.

2. In the Share files dialog box, click the icon on the left.
3. Select an option to grant reviewers (i.e., the users who will receive the file link)
permissions to access the document.
• Can Comment: Reviewers can make comments on the shared document.
• Can View: Reviewers can only view the shared document.
4. (Optional) Add a deadline for the sharing if necessary.
5. Click Create a link to generate a link.
6. After the link generating completes, click Start collaboration in the pop-up dialog
box to open the uploaded/shared file and start the collaboration, or click Copy
link and send the file link to the reviewers you want to share with.
The shared file will also be uploaded to Cloud Documents as you create a link.
7. (Optional) You can control the review with the options in the menu that appears
after clicking the three-dot icon on Title Bar.
• Add deadline – Set a deadline for the sharing if you did not set one in Step 4
above.
• Activities – View the records of actions performed by all users (the document
owner and the reviewers).
• Share with Email – Share the document by sending invitation emails to
reviewers. Enter the email address, select the permission option (Can
Comment or Can View), type a necessary text message in the text box, and click
Send. See also Share a file via an email.
• Copy Shared Link – Copy the file link to the clipboard to send it to others.
• Unshare File – End the sharing, and reviewers can no longer access the file.

For reviewers, after receiving the file link, they can open the document with Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud in their web browsers to review the document. They can perform
additional operations after clicking the three-dot icon on Title Bar, such as viewing
activities and copying the shared link. To leave a review, they can choose Remove Me
from the menu.
161
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

Share a file via an email

1. Open the file in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud and click the Share button on Title Bar.

2. In the Share files dialog box, click the icon on the left.
3. Enter the email address and select an option to grant reviewers (i.e., the email
recipients) permissions to access the document.
4. (Optional) Add a text message in the text box and set a deadline for the sharing if
necessary.
5. Click Send. The shared file will also be uploaded to Cloud Documents as you share
it.
6. After sending the file, click Start collaboration in the pop-up dialog box to open
the uploaded/shared file and start the collaboration, or click Cancel to collaborate
later.
7. (Optional) Control the review with the options in the menu that appears after
clicking the three-dot icon on Title Bar. See also Share a file via a link.

Reviewers can click the Open in Foxit PDF Editor button in the email they receive to
open the file in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud and review the document. They can perform
additional operations after clicking the three-dot icon on Title Bar, such as viewing
activities and copying the shared link. To leave a review, they can choose Remove Me
from the menu.

Manage shared files

Both document owners and the reviewers may be involved with multiple reviews
during daily document workflows. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud’s Share feature provides an
easy way for document collaboration, but it also enables document owners and
reviewers to manage shared files in an organized way and track the review status with
notifications.

To manage the shared files, do the following:

1. Open the homepage of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

2. In the left-hand side of the homepage, choose Documents > Shared.
3. In the Shared page, all files you shared and shared by others are listed in the
Shared by me tab and the Shared by others tab, respectively.
4. In the file list, you can view detailed information about the shared file, such as
reviewers, review status, and more. You can also search for a shared file if you are
handling multiple document reviews. Perform operations like viewing review
activities, ending the share, and leaving the review as needed.
162
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

You (both document owners and the reviewers) get notified when others perform
actions on the shared documents. You receive messages about review activities and
can view the messages in the notifications box that appears after you click the
Notification icon (a bell icon) on Title Bar of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. A red dot appears
on the Notification icon if you have any pending messages. You can quickly mark all
notifications in the box as read by clicking the horizontal three-dot icon in the upper-
right corner of the box and selecting Mark all as read from the drop-down menu. To
delete all notifications, choose Delete all from the menu.

Tip: When you have a shared file open in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can also collaborate
on the shared file in Foxit PDF Editor/Reader on your desktop, if available, by clicking the
Open in Foxit button on the Title Bar.

Integration with third-party app platforms

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud has been integrated with various third-party application
platforms, such as Microsoft Office 365, Teams App, SharePoint Online & OneDrive,
and Google Drive. This integration allows users to conveniently view, edit, share, and
collaborate on PDF files within one application.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Microsoft Teams

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Microsoft Teams provides a simple and efficient way for you
to collaborate with members in your channel. The integration allows you to share and
annotate PDFs to collect feedback on PDF documents without ever leaving the
Microsoft Teams application. You will receive activity notifications on what documents
have been uploaded and any actions taken on them. Team members can view and
comment on each other's feedback (comments) to streamline collaboration.

Install Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Microsoft Teams

To start collaborating on PDFs, you will need to install the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud app
in Microsoft Teams.

1. Launch Microsoft Teams and sign in.

2. Select Apps in the sidebar.
3. Search for Foxit PDF Editor Cloud under Apps, and select the app.
4. Click on the Add button.
5. After installation, the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud app will appear in the sidebar of
Microsoft Teams. You can use it as a Personal Tab, Bot, Message Action, or

163
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

Messaging extensions in Microsoft Teams to share and collaborate on PDFs.

To chat with the bot and ask questions or find information about the app, simply click
the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud app in the sidebar, and follow these steps:

1. In the message box, press the Space key to bring up a list of options:
• Notification Off – Stop receiving Foxit PDF Editor Cloud notifications.
• Notification On – Start receiving Foxit PDF Editor Cloud notifications.
• Sign In – Sign in to your Foxit PDF Editor Cloud account.
• Sign Out – Sign out of your Foxit PDF Editor Cloud account.
• Feedback – Give us feedback.
• Help – See the available commands you can use to chat with the bot.
2. Select an option from the list and click Send to perform the corresponding action.

Alternatively, you can type the option name (e.g., Notification On) in the message box
and send it to the bot to perform actions.

Share and collaborate on a PDF as a Tab from your teams/channels

1. Select the desired team or chat channel in Microsoft Teams.

2. Click the Messaging extensions icon below the text message box, find the
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud app, and click on it. Alternatively, click the Add a tab icon

at the top of on the team/channel.

3. Find Foxit PDF Editor Cloud in the list of apps, and click on it.
4. In the pop-up dialog box, select a PDF from Teams and channels, or upload one
from your local computer.
5. The PDF will be opened in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud as a tab in Microsoft Teams.
6. You can start collaborating on the PDF file with the annotating tools in Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud after signing in. Any added comments are automatically saved to the
PDF.

164
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

Share and collaborate on a PDF from a message with a PDF file

If anyone sends a PDF attachment in a message within your team's channel or chat,
you can open it and add comments using Foxit PDF Editor Cloud within Microsoft
Teams.

1. Select the message and click on the options menu (i.e., the three-dot icon) from
the floating toolbar to expand the menu.

2. Choose (More Actions >) Collaborate in PDF Editor Cloud.

3. The PDF will be opened in a pop-up window within Microsoft Teams using Foxit
PDF Editor Cloud. Use the annotation tools to collaborate on the PDF. Any added
comments are automatically saved to the PDF.

Tip: All files you shared and shared by others from Microsoft Teams are listed in the Shared
by me tab and the Shared by others tab in the Shared tab. See also Manage shared files.

Notifications

If you have Notification On set in the app, you will receive a notification message in
both the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud chat bot in Teams app and the Notifications (the bell
icon) of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud when team members add comments to your shared
PDF.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for SharePoint Online & OneDrive

Business users can use Foxit PDF Editor Cloud on SharePoint Online & OneDrive to
convert non-PDF files into PDF documents, or combine, organize, and export PDF
documents.

Tips:

1. If you're a Microsoft 365 tenant Admin, you can install the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
app on SharePoint Online or OneDrive on behalf of all users. The app will be

165
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

available to use 48 hours after you download and deploy it from the Microsoft App
Store. If you are a user and do not see the add-in in SharePoint Online & OneDrive,
contact your company’s administrator.
2. The supported browsers include Microsoft Edge, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari.

Open a PDF file

To open and work on a PDF file with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud in SharePoint Online &
OneDrive, you can use any of the following methods:

• Click on the file name to open the file.

• Open the file from the context menu after you right-click it. To do this, right-
click the file and choose Open > Open in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.
• Open the file from the options menu (the three-dot icon ). To do this, select
the file, click the options menu, and choose Open > Open in Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud. (Tip: You can find the options menu next to the file name or on the top
menu bar.)
• Open the file from the SharePoint or One Drive preview window. To do this,
right-click the file, choose Preview, and then select Open > Open in Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud from the top menu bar in the preview window.

The file will be opened in a new tab in your web browser using Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.
You can work on the PDF use the various tools in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

Work on files from the context or options menu

From the context or options menu of one or more files, choose Actions > Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud for SharePoint Online and OneDrive to access the following options.
The options displayed may vary depending on the file types you're working on:

• Convert to PDF by Foxit: convert each of the selected file(s) to a PDF.

• Combine Files by Foxit: combine the selected file(s) into a PDF.
• Organize Pages by Foxit: rearrange and compose pages in a PDF.
• Export PDF by Foxit: export a PDF to other file formats.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Microsoft 365

Add Foxit PDF Editor Cloud to Microsoft 365 to easily turn your Excel, Word, and
PowerPoint documents into PDFs right from your favorite Microsoft 365 apps.

166
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 8: Share User Manual

Tip: If you're a Microsoft 365 tenant Admin, you can install the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud app
on Microsoft 365 apps on behalf of all users. If you're a user and don't see the add-in in
your Microsoft 365 apps, contact your company's administrator.

After installation, you can find the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud command under the Home
tab in Microsoft 365 apps. For example, in Word on the web, do the following:

1. Click Home > Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, and the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud panel
appears in the right panel of the Word window.
2. Specify the filename for the PDF.
3. (Optional) Add password protection to the PDF.
4. Click the Convert button.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Google Drive

You can save time by opening a PDF file or other supported file formats with "Foxit
PDF Editor Cloud for Google Drive" to view your file as a PDF directly. Easily view, edit,
comment, organize, and convert to other formats or combine multiple supported
format files into one PDF file, all in one place.

To install Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Google Drive, go to the Google Workspace
Marketplace, find the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud app, and click Install. After installation,
you can start working on your files with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Google Drive. Here's
how to open and work on a file with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud for Google Drive:

1. Right-click the file you want to open and choose Open with > Foxit PDF Editor.

Alternatively, select the file, click the options menu (the vertical three-dot icon )
at the top menu bar, and choose Open with > Foxit PDF Editor.
2. After signing in, the file will be opened with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud in a new tab in
your web browser. Then you can work on the PDF using the various tools in Foxit
PDF Editor Cloud.
Note: If you open a non-PDF file, it will be converted to PDF and opened in Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud.

167
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Chapter 9 – Forms
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud is extremely useful for form filling and form designing. Please
read below for more information.

Interactive Form and Non-interactive form

There are two kinds of “form” files. One is a PDF file with fillable fields, which enables
you to fill the form directly by clicking the form fields without using other features.
This is called an Interactive PDF Form. The other kind of form is a plain PDF file with
lines and texts, which can be filled using the tools in the Fill & Sign context tab. This is
called a Non-interactive PDF Form.

Interactive Form

For interactive forms, you will see a message box appear in the top-right corner of the
application window. The message box informs you that this document is a fillable form.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud highlights the form fields in the document by default, which
colors the backgrounds of all blanks to be filled in and outlines any required blanks,
making it easy to see them at a glance. If you don’t need to highlight the fields, navigate
to Form > uncheck Highlight Fields.

AcroForm and XFA (XML Forms Architecture) Form

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud now supports both AcroForm and XFA Form. You can fill in XFA
forms with the Hand command, the same which you were able to do with normal
fillable forms (also known as AcroForm).

Non-interactive Form

The document message box will not appear. This kind of form acts like an ordinary
PDF document that has plain text and you will need to use the tools in the Fill & Sign
context tab to fill in this form. For more information, please refer to “Filling Non-
interactive Forms”.

168
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Fill in PDF Forms

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud not only allows you to fill in PDF forms and print them out, but
also supports advanced form operations, such as saving filled-out forms and
importing/exporting forms data.

Fill Interactive Forms

If a PDF form contains interactive form fields, you can fill in the form with the Hand
command. When you place the pointer over an interactive form field, the pointer icon
changes to one of the following:

 Hand icon -- Appears when mousing over a button, radio button, check box,
or item on a list.

 I-beam icon -- Appears when you can type text into the form field.

To fill in an interactive form, please do the following:

 If necessary, select the Hand command.

 (Optional) Before filling in an interactive form, you can also enable auto-complete
feature so that Foxit PDF Editor Cloud can store your entries and provide relevant
suggestions to help you complete forms quickly and easily. For more information
about auto-complete, please refer to “Auto-Complete in the Forms preferences”.
 Then click on the first form field you want to fill in, either to select that option or

to place an I-beam pointer in the field so that you can start typing.

 Right-click the text fields, and choose Paste or Select All to do other operations.
 After making a selection or entering text, you can press Tab or Shift + Tab to accept
the form field change and go to the next or previous field.
 After you fill in the form fields, do either of the following:

A. Click the submit button if one exists. Clicking this button sends the form data
to a database across the web or over your company intranet.
B. Save the PDF form.

Clear a form entry

Click one of the form fields, and use the Backspace key or Delete key.

169
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Reset unsaved form entries

Choose Form > Reset Form.

Fill lengthy entries in forms

Some PDF forms can contain dynamic text fields, which changes the text you input in
size to accommodate the text fields. The text appears smaller and smaller when the
words you type exceed the current size of the field.

Fill Non-interactive Forms

You can use the tools in the Fill & Sign context tab to add text and symbols in non-
interactive PDF forms. To fill in non-interactive forms, follow the steps below.

• Click Home/Protect > Fill & Sign. Then you will find the form filling tools in the
Fill & Sign context tab.
• To add normal text, select Add Text. Then click on the form where you want to
add text, and input your text.
• To add predefined text such as name, date or address, click Predefined Text, and
do the following:
➢ By default, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will detect and display the current date and
user name of your system in the predefined text list. If you want to predefine
custom text, click Set Predefined Text. In the pop-up Set Predefined Text
dialog box, click Set Identity to set your identity information, and save it as
predefined text. Or double-click on the blank area in the box to input any text
as desired. Upon completion, click OK to save your settings. Then all your
custom predefined text will be listed in the Predefined Text drop-down list.
➢ Select a predefined text from the Predefined Text drop-down list, and click
on the form where you want to add it.
• To add symbols, do the following:
➢ Select the Checkmark, Cross Mark, or Dot tool to fill in check boxes or radio
buttons. Select the Line tool to strike out text, or Rectangle tool to add
rectangles.
➢ Then click on the form where you want to place the symbol.
• After adding text or symbols, use the field toolbar floating above them to make
appropriate changes, if necessary.

➢ Click or to decrease or increase the size. For symbols, you can

also drag any of the handles to resize it.

➢ To replace the current text or symbol, click , and choose a desired option

170
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

from the toolbar.

➢ To move the text or symbol, drag it directly to the desired location.

➢ To delete the text or symbol, click .

• After filling in the form, you can sign the form with your handwritten signature.
For more information, please refer to “Foxit eSign” and “Quick PDF Sign”.
• When you have completed the form, save the form.

Tips:

1. The fill tool will be kept as selected by default for you to add the same object
continuously. If you need to exit the fill tool, press the ESC key, or select another
desired tool directly.
2. You can also recognize form fields with the Run Form Field Recognition command
in the Form tab and then fill in forms with the Hand command.

Comment on Forms

You can comment on PDF forms, just like any other PDF. You can add comments only
when the form creator has extended these rights to the users.

Manage Form Data

You can import form data from other file formats to a PDF form, or export form data
on a PDF form to other file formats. You can also export form data from multiple PDF
forms to a CSV file. In addition, for PDF forms with Ultraform technology, Foxit PDF
Editor Cloud supports to create and display 2D barcode that contains form data you
filled in.

Import/Export Form Data

To import and export form data is similar to the way of importing and exporting
comment data. However, this function is only for PDF interactive forms. All the options
for importing and exporting form data will be unavailable when you open other
ordinary PDFs or non-interactive forms.

Tip: You can import PDF form data from FDF, XFDF, TXT, XML, or CSV files, or export form
data to a FDF, XFDF, TXT, XML, or CSV files.

171
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Import form data

Choose Form > Import > navigate to where the desired file is, select it, and press
“Open”.

Export form data

To export form data to a file, please do the following:

1. Choose Form > Export > select a file format to export.

2. You will be prompted to download the file to your local drive.

Note: The Import and Export commands are available only when the PDF document
contains form data.

You can also export form data to an existing CSV file by clicking Form > Form to sheet >
Append to an Existing Sheet. In the Open dialog box, select a CSV file you want to
append the form data to and click Open.

Combine forms to a sheet

To export form data from multiple PDF forms to a CSV file, please do as following:

1. Choose Form > Form to sheet > Combine Forms to a Sheet.

2. In the Export multiple forms to a sheet dialog box, click Add Files to add files that

you want to combine into a sheet. You can also click Close button in the dialog
box to remove files.
4. Click Export. You will be prompted to download the file to your local drive.

Form Fields

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides a group of buttons that can be used to create and
design form fields in interactive PDF forms. You are able to add form fields like push
buttons, text fields, check boxes, combo boxes, list boxes and radio buttons to an
interactive PDF form and specify their properties. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud also offers
form field recognition commands to recognize form fields in PDF documents. You can
save time and mouse actions by using form field recognition to create form fields.

To add a form field to a PDF, select a type of form field button from the Form tab and

the cursor changes to crosshair . Drag an area in the desired position to add the

172
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

form field. For details, please refer to Buttons.

Form field recognition

There are two commands for form field recognition in PDF forms: Designer Assistant
and Run Form Field Recognition.

The Designer Assistant command automatically detects form fields that can be
created on PDF pages and displays a blue frame where there is a suggested form field.
By default, when you select any type of form field button from the Form tab, the
Designer Assistant command will be selected and enabled automatically. With any

type of form field button selected, as you move the cursor on the page, a blue

frame appears if the cursor is hovering above an area which is detected as a form field.
If you want to add a form field at that position, just click on it without dragging an area.
And if there are multiple form fields detected, you can complete the form field creation
with just a few clicks. (Tip: You can disable the auto-detection by clicking the Designer
Assistant command again when you are creating form fields. Then the command will no
longer be selected automatically next time you create form fields. To enable it again, select
the command before you create form fields.)

Alternatively, you can use the Run Form Field Recognition command to recognize
form fields through the whole document. To run form field recognition in a PDF
document, do as the following:

1. Click Form > Run Form Field Recognition. All fillable fields in the document
will be recognized and highlighted.
2. All the corresponding types of form fields will be automatically created and
named with the text near the form fields. (Take the text fields for an example
as below. With the Text Field command selected, you can see the form fields
recognized and created are named with the text near the form fields.)
3. You can edit or delete the created form fields after right-clicking them. To edit
the form field further, please refer to the properties of different buttons from
“Buttons”.

The text fields created after recognition

173
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Buttons

There are nine basic buttons to add form fields for you to create an interactive PDF
form:

Tool
Button Description
Name
Creates an interactive form element to initiate certain
Push predefined actions, such as opening a file, submitting data to
Button a web server, or resetting a form. This button can also be
customized with images and text.
Presents yes-or-no choices for individual items. If the form
Check Box contains multiple check boxes, users can select what they
want.
Radio Presents a group of choices from which the user can select
Button only one item.
Combo Lets the user either choose an item from a pop-up menu or
Box type in a value.

List Box Displays a list of options the user can select.

Lets the user type in text, such as name, address, phone

Text Field
number, etc.
Signature Creates a blank digital signature field for reviewers to sign the
Field document
Image
Lets the user browse and select an image to add to the field.
Field

Date Field Lets the user choose a date.

174
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Form Fields

Note: To create the same type of form fields continuously without reselecting the same tool,
you can select Form > Keep Tool Selected.

175
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Push Button

 Create a new push button

Choose Form > Push Button , and your cursor changes into . Then do the

following:

 Drag an area in the desired place to create a push button.

 A box appears under the button for you to input the button name and the name
of label.
 You can also click the All Properties to do more settings.

 Move and resize a push button

 To move a push button, select the Select Annotation command or push button

, click and drag the button to move it to a new location.

 To resize a push button, select the Select Annotation command or push button

, click to select the button, and then drag a border handle.

 Delete a push button

 Select the Select Annotation command or push button , and click the push

button you want to delete.

 Press Delete, or right-click the push button > Delete.

 Create multiple copies of a push button

You can create multiple copies of a push button.

 With the Select Annotation command or push button , select the push buttons

that you want to copy.

 Right-click the button > Create Multiple Copies…
 In the Create Multiple Copies of Fields dialog box, do the following:

A. To specify the rows to be created, enter or select a number in Copy Selected

fields down (times). The default number is set to 2.
B. To specify the columns to be created, enter or select a number in Copy
Selected fields across (times). The default number is set to 2.
176
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

C. To specify the width of the area in which the columns of fields appear, enter
or select a number in Change Width (px). The default number is set to 10.
D. To specify the height of the area in which the columns of fields appear, enter
or select a number in Change Height (px). The default number is set to 5.

Note: The width and height values don’t change the dimensions of individual fields but
designate the size of the entire area for all the selected and newly created fields.

E. To change the position of buttons, use the Up, Down, Left, and Right buttons
in the dialog box.
F. Click Preview to preview the result in the document area.
 Click OK.

 Duplicate a push button across multiple pages

 Select the push button that you want to duplicate.

 Right-click the button > Duplicate…

Note: The Duplicate command isn’t available for forms with only one page.

 Then do one of the following:

A. To duplicate the push button on every page in the form, select All Pages, and
click OK.
B. To duplicate the push button on odd/even page in the form, select Odd pages
or Even pages, and click OK.
C. To duplicate the push button on a limited range of pages, type the starting and
ending page on which you want the button to appear. Click OK.

Note: Enter the page number including or not including the page on which the button
originally appears doesn’t affect the duplication process. Including that page won’t
create a second copy on top of the original one, and not including it won’t remove the
original button.

 Set tab order

When navigating form fields using the Tab key, you can set the tab order of the buttons
you created. By default, the tab order is based on the document structure. There are
three ways you can choose to set tab order.

1. Set tab order in the Fields panel

1) Open the Fields panel in the Navigation Pane.

177
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

2) Click the Display Order icon in the upper-right corner of the Fields panel
and select Tab Order (Note: If you select Alphabetic Order, all the form fields
will be displayed alphabetically by the field names. Then the Set Order icon next
to the Display Order icon disappears.).
3) (Optional) Select Show Tab Numbers to view the tab order. The order
number will show on the top left corner of a field.
4) Click the Set Order icon and choose any of the following:
• Order Tabs by Row – Order tabs from the upper-left field, moving first
from left to right and then down to the next row.
• Order Tabs by Column – Order tabs from the upper-left field, moving
first from top to bottom and then to the right column.
• Order Tabs by Structure – For forms with tagged fields, order tabs in
the order set up in the tagging based on the document structure.

2. Set tab order in Page Properties

1) Click the page thumbnails panel in in the Navigation Pane.

2) Right-click the page where you need to change the tab order and choose
Properties….
3) In the Page Properties dialog box, select one order in the Tab Order tab.

3. Set tab order in the document area

1) With the Select Annotation command selected, right-click a form field, and
choose Set Tab Order.
2) Click anywhere in the field that you want it to be the first in the tabbing order.
The number in the upper left corner will be set as 1.
3) Click each of the other fields in the order that you want tabbing to occur.

Note: You can only set tab order within one page.

 Set push button properties

You can set properties that apply formatting, determine the appearance and actions,
and so forth.

The push button has a General tab, an Appearance tab, a Position tab, an Options tab,
and an Actions tab. Besides, there are two items on every tab:

➢ Locked – When selected, prevents any further changes to any push button
properties.

178
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

➢ Close – Applies and saves the current button properties, and closes the button
properties dialog box.

Note: If you select Locked on any tab, it will lock all options for the button, but not just the
options on that tab.

1. The General tab for the button properties

The General tab in push button properties contains the following options:

 Name – Specifies the unique name of the selected push button.

 Tooltip – Displays text that the hesitant user may find helpful in clicking the button.
Tooltips appear when the pointer hovers over the push button.
 Form Field – Specifies whether the push button can be seen, either on screen or
in print. There are four choices for you: Visible, Hidden, Visible but doesn’t print,
and Hidden but printable.
 Orientation – Rotates the push button by 0, 90, 180, or 270 Degrees.
 Read Only – Prevents the user from clicking the push button.
 Required – This option is not available for the push button.

2. The Appearance tab for the button properties

The Appearance properties determine how the push button looks on the page. The
Appearance tab in push button properties contains the following options:

 Line Style – Alters the appearance of the frame. Select Solid, Dashed, Beveled,
Inset or Underline.

Solid Dashed Beveled Inset Underline

The appearances of Push Button with different line styles

Note: You may not see the difference if no color is chosen as the border color.

 Thickness – Specifies the width of the frame surrounding the push button: Thin,
Medium, or Thick.
 Border Color – Opens a color picker in which you can select a color for the frame
surrounding the button. To leave the button without a frame, select No color.
 Fill Color – Opens a color picker in which you can select a color for the button. To
leave the button uncolored, select No color.
179
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Note: A Fill Color choice other than No color will block any images on the PDF page that
are behind the button.

 Font Size – Sets the size of the label for the button. You can either choose Auto,
various preset values, or type in a different value.
 Text Color – Opens a color picker in which you can select a color for the label.
 Font – Lists the fonts available on your computer.

Font Size: 18
Text Color: Green
Font: Open Sans

Push Button

3. The Position tab for the button properties

You can use the Position tab to make accurate adjustments to the position and the
size of the button by entering specific values. Select the unit of the values. To move
the button, enter values for the position properties (the Left/ Right/ Top/ Bottom
options). To change the size of the button, enter values for the Height and Width
options. To move the button without changing its size, select the Do not change
height and width when changing the position option.

4. The Options tab for the button properties

The Options properties determine how labels and icons appear on the button. A
button can have a label, an icon, or both. The Options tab in push button properties
enables you to add any labels you like. The Options tab in push button properties
contains the following options:

 Layout – Specifies the layout of label and icon of the button. There are seven
choices:

A B C D E F G

A. Label only B. Icon only C. Icon top, label bottom D. Label top, icon bottom E. Icon left, label right
F. Label left, icon right G. Label over icon

Button Layouts

180
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

 Advanced – Does the details settings to the icon.

A. When to scale – choose when to scale the icon you insert. There are four
options:

Always: scale the icon to fit the button you draw.

Never: never scale the icon. Show the icon with its original size all the time.

Icon is too Big: zoom out the icon to fit the button if the former one is bigger
than the latter one, or show the icon with its original size.

Icon is too Small: zoom in the icon to fit the button if the former one is smaller
than the latter one, or show the icon with its original size.

B. Scale – choose to scale the icon non-proportionally or proportionally. This

option will be disabled when you select Never in the field of When to scale.

Proportionally: scale the icon in its proportion.

Non-proportionally: scale the icon to fit the button when the magnification is
changed.

C. Fit to bounds – check this option to scale the icon to fit fully within the bounds
of the button without taking into consideration the line width of the border.
D. Border – drag and move the scroll bar to change icon’s position in the button.
The coordinates change when you move the scroll bar.
 Behavior – Specifies the display of the button when clicked. The button behavior
options include:

None: Keeps the appearance of the button the same.

Push: Specifies appearances for the Up, Down, and Rollover states of the mouse.
Select an option under State, and then specify a label or icon option:

Up: Determines what the button looks like when the mouse button is not
clicked.

Down: Determines what the button looks like when the mouse is clicked on
the button, but before it is released.

Rollover: Determines what the button looks like when the pointer is held
over the button.

181
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Outline: Highlights the button border.

Invert: Reverses the dark and light shades of the button.

Push

The Button Behaviors

 To define the label or icon that appears on the button, do the following:

A. If a label option is selected from the Layout menu, type the text in the Label
box.
B. If an icon option is selected from the Layout menu, click Choose icon… > click
Browse… > Select the file type from the Objects of Type menu, double-click
the file name, and click OK. (To remove the selected icon, click Clear button.)

 Click Close to accept these display properties.

5. The Actions tab for the button properties

The Actions properties specify any actions that you want to associate with the push
button, such as jumping to a specific page or going to a web site. The Actions tab in
push button properties contains the following options:

 Select Trigger – Specifies the user action that initiates an action: Mouse Up,
Mouse Down, Mouse Enter, Mouse Exit, On Receiving Focus, or On Losing
Focus.
 Select Action – Specifies the event that occurs when the user triggers the action:
Go to a page view, Open/execute a file, Open a web link, Show/hide a field,
Execute a menu item, Submit a form, Reset a form, Import form data, and
Run a JavaScript.

A. Go to a page view – designate to a specific page view. You can not only
designate to a page in the current PDF, but also to the page in another PDF.
Also, you may change the current zoom setting and then set the position.

To go to a page view, choose this option, click Add button and do one of the
following:

a) Set the position in current document – scroll the current document, go to a

new position where you want to set and click Set this position.
182
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

b) Set the position in another PDF document – click the Open button on the
toolbar > select the PDF you want to set position > scroll this document and
go to a position where you want to set > click Set this position.

Note: The new PDF document should be opened in the existing window but not a new
window.

c) Change the view magnification -- scroll in the current document or another

document > go to a new position where you want to set > change the
magnification of the position > click Set this position.
d) Click Cancel to revoke your operation.

B. Open/execute a file – designate to open another file. To do this, choose

Open/execute a file > click Add button > select the destination file and click
Select.
C. Open a web link – designate to open a web link. To do this, choose Open a
web link > click Add button > enter the URL of the destination web page.
D. To show/hide a field, select the option > click Add… > choose to show or hide
the selected button when the user triggers the action, and click OK.
E. To execute a menu item, select the option > click Add… > select one of the
items in Menu Item Selection dialog box, and click OK.
F. To submit a form, select the option > click Add… > choose the export format,
submission method, decide which fields should be submitted, and click OK.
G. To reset a form, select the option > click Add… > select the fields that will be
reset, and click OK.
H. To import form data, select the option > click Add… > choose the FDF file that
contains the form data you want to import, and click Open.
I. To run a JavaScript, select the option > click Add… > enter JavaScript, and click
OK. For more details, please refer to the JavaScript section.
J. To read an article, select Read an article > click Add… > choose an article, and
click OK.
K. To set layer visibility, select the option > click Add… > click OK to set the target
layer state of the selected action to the current state.

 Actions – Displays the list of triggers and actions that you have defined.
 Up and down buttons – Change the order in which the selected action appears
listed under the trigger. (Available only when you have defined multiple actions
for the same trigger.)
 Edit – Opens a dialog box with specific options for the selected action. You can
also double-click the actions to open a dialog box.
 Delete – Removes the selected action.

183
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

 Set push button properties as default

After setting button properties for a new push button, you can set your settings as the
new default for all the push buttons you create in future. To set the current properties
as default, right-click the push button > select Use Current Properties as New
Defaults.

 Set properties of multiple form fields

 Select multiple form fields > right-click one of them > Properties….
 There pops up the Button Properties dialog box, and then follow the steps
specified above.

Check Box

A check box is a type of form field that presents yes-or-no choices for individual items.
For creating, moving, resizing, deleting, creating multiple copies, duplicating a check
box and setting tab order, please refer to “Push button”.

 Set Check Box Properties

There are also five tabs, a General tab, an Appearance tab, a Position tab, an Options
tab, and an Actions tab, for you to set check boxes’ properties.

The General tab

Most items in this tab are the same as the ones in the properties of Push Button.
Please refer to Set Push Button Properties for details. For the Required option:

 Required – Forces the user to select the check box. If the user attempts to submit
the form while a required check box is not selected, an error message appears.

The Appearance tab

Please refer to Set Push Button Properties.

The Position tab

Please refer to Set Push Button Properties.

The Actions tab

Please refer to Set Push Button Properties.

184
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

The Options tab

Check Box Style - Specifies the style of the check box. There are six choices:

A B C D E F

Check Box Style

A. Check B. Circle C. Cross D. Diamond E. Square F. Star

Export Value - Identifies the check box and differentiates it from other check boxes
that share the same Name value.
Checked by default – Sets the selection state of the check box when the user first
opens the form.

Notes:

1. If you create multiple copies of the check box, please make sure both the form field
names and the export value are all different in related check boxes.
2. If the check boxes in a group have the same form field name but with different export
values, the check boxes will present a group of choices from which the user can select
only one item.

Radio Button

A radio button is a type of graphical user interface widget that allows you to choose
one of a predefined set of options. For creating, moving, resizing, deleting, duplicating
the buttons and setting tab order please refer to “Push button”.

Tip: How to toggle radio buttons

For the radio buttons in a group, they should have the same form field name but with
different export values. This ensures that the radio buttons toggle and that the correct
values will be collected in the database.

1. Please use copy-paste to create multiple copies if having more than one form field with
the same name. After this, to make the value usable, you have to change the value of
the radio buttons to make sure all radio buttons have the same field name but different
export value.
2. Please note you cannot use “Create Multiple Copies” option if there is more than one
185
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

radio button with the same name. A warning message will pop up if you right click and
choosing Create Multiple Copies.

 Set radio button properties

How a radio button behaves is determined by settings in the Radio Button Properties
dialog box. You can set properties that apply formatting, determine the appearance
and actions, and so forth.

The radio button has a General tab, an Appearance tab, a Position tab, an Actions tab,
and an Options tab as push button.

1. The General tab

Most items in this tab are the same as the ones in the properties of Push Button.
Please refer to Set Push Button Properties for details. For the Required option:

 Required – Forces the user to click the radio button. If the user attempts to submit
the form while a required radio button is not chosen, an error message appears.

2. The Appearance tab for the radio button properties

The Appearance properties determine how the radio button looks on the page. The
Appearance tab in push button properties contains the following options:

 Line Style – Alters the appearance of the frame. Select Solid, Dashed, Beveled,
Inset or Underline.

Solid Dashed Beveled Inset Underline

The appearances of Radio Button with different line styles

Note: You may not see the difference if no color is chosen as the border color.

 Thickness – Specifies the width of the frame surrounding the radio button: Thin,
Medium, or Thick.
 Border Color – Opens a color picker in which you can select a color for the frame
surrounding the button. To leave the button without a frame, select No color.
 Fill Color – Opens a color picker in which you can select a color for the background
behind the button. To leave the background uncolored, select No color.
186
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Note: A Fill Color choice other than No color will block any images on the PDF page that
are behind the button.

 Text Color – Opens a color picker in which you can select a color for the button.

Border color

Text color

Fill color

Radio Button

Note： The items of Font Size and Font are not available in the Appearance tab for the Radio
Button properties.

3. The Position tab for the radio button properties

Please refer to “Position tab for the button properties”.

4. The Actions tab for the radio button properties

Please refer to “Actions tab for the button properties” .

5. The Options tab for the radio button properties

The Options tab in radio button properties enables you to change the button style
and do other additional settings. The Options tab in radio button properties contains
the following options:

 Button style – Specifies the shape of the maker that appears inside the button
when the user selects it. There’re six choices in total: Check, Circle (the default),
Cross, Diamond, Square, or Star. This property does not alter the shape of the
radio button itself.
 Export Value – Identifies the radio button and differentiates it from other radio
buttons that share the same Name value. The status of a radio button is “yes”.
You can give them other names with this box.
 Checked by default – Sets the selection state of the button when the user first
opens the form.
 Radio buttons with the same name and value are selected in unison – Allows
single-click selection of multiple related radio buttons. If the user selects a radio
button that has the same field name and export value as another, both radio
buttons are selected.
 Click Close to accept these display properties.

187
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

 Set radio button properties as default

After setting radio button properties for a new radio button, you can set your settings
as the new default for all the radio buttons you create in future.

To set the current properties as default, right-click the radio button, select Use
Current Properties as New Defaults.

Combo Box Button

A combo box is a commonly-used GUI widget. It is a combination of a drop-down list

or list box and a single-line textbox, allowing the user either to type a value directly
into the control or choose from the list of existing options.

For creating, moving, resizing, deleting, duplicating the combo box and setting tab
order, please refer to “Push button”.

 Set combo box properties

How a combo box behaves is determined by settings in the Combo Box Properties
dialog box. You can set properties that apply formatting, determine the appearance
and actions, perform mathematical operations, and so forth.

The combo box has a General tab, an Appearance tab, a Position tab, an Options tab,
a Format tab, a Validate tab, a Calculate tab, and an Actions tab.

1. The General tab for the combo box properties

Please refer to “General tab for the radio button properties”.

2. The Appearance tab for the combo box properties

Please refer to “Appearance tab for the button properties”.

3. The Position tab for the combo box properties

Please refer to “Position tab for the button properties”.

4. The Actions tab for the combo box properties

Please refer to “Actions tab for the button properties”.

5. The Options tab for the combo box properties

188
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

You can create a list of items from which the user selects with the Options tab.

 Item – Accepts the text and space character that you type for options that you
want to appear in the menu for the field.
 Add – Moves the current entry in Item to Item List.
 Export value – Where you type in a value to represent the item if the data will be
exported. If left blank, the entry for Name in the General tab is used as the export
value.
 Item list – Displays the choices that will be available in the list.

Note: The highlighted item in the Item List box appears as the default selected item in the
combo box field. To change the default item, highlight another item from the list.

 Delete – Removes the selected item from the list.

 Up/Down – Change the order in which the items are listed in the combo box list.
These buttons are not available if Sort Items is selected.
 Allow user to enter custom text – Enable users to enter a value other than the
ones in the list.

6. The Format tab for the combo box properties

The Format tab in the combo box properties dialog box enables you to format the field
values. Select one of the categories listed below:

 None – No additional options are available. The input in a combo box with this
property does not require any specific formatting.
 Number – Automatically imposes the selected formatting options on numeric
data entries.

A. Decimal places – Sets the number of digits that appear to the right of the
decimal point.
B. Separator style – Sets the placement of commas and periods.
C. Currency symbol – Sets the type of currency, such as Dollars, Euros, or Pounds.
D. Negative Number Style – Sets how negative numbers are displayed. You can
choose Show parentheses, Use red text, neither, or both.

 Percentage – Automatically imposes the selected formatting options on numeric

data expressed as a percentage.

A. Decimal places – Sets the number of digits that appear to the right of the
decimal point.
B. Separator style – Sets the placement of commas and periods.

189
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

 Date – The list provides different types of date formats and you can choose one
as desired. Once you select a date format, the format preview with the current
system date will be displayed. Also, you can choose Custom option and type your
format.
 Time – The list includes display variations where h stands for the hour on a 12-
hour clock, H stands for the hour on a 24-hour clock, MM stands for minutes, ss
stands for the seconds, and tt stands for AM or PM. Also, you can choose the
Custom option and type your format.
 Special – There are five options for you:
A. Zip Code – For a five-digit postal code.
B. Zip Code + 4 – For a nine-digit postal code.
C. Phone Number – For a ten-digit telephone number.
D. Social Security Number – For a nine-digit US Social Security Number.
E. Arbitrary Mask -- Changes the format category to Custom and makes another
text box available, in which you can type a custom format. Use this option to
specify which types of characters the user can enter in any given position, and
how the data displays in the field.
a. A -- Accepts only letters (A–Z, a–z).
b. X -- Accepts spaces and most printable characters, including all characters
available on a standard keyboard and ANSI characters in the ranges of
32–126 and 128–255.
c. O -- The letter “O” accepts alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, and 0–9).
d. 9 -- Accepts only numeric characters (0–9).

For example, a mask setting of AAA--p#999 accepts the input BDF--p#367. A

mask setting of OOOOO@XXX accepts the input vad12@3Up.

190
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Example of an Arbitrary Mask entry

 Custom -- Makes additional options available to form designers who want to write
their own JavaScripts for formatting and keystrokes. For example, a custom script
could define a new currency format or limit the user entry to specific keystroke
characters.

A. Custom Format Script – Displays any custom scripts you have added for
formats. The Edit button opens a JavaScript Edition dialog box in which you
can write and add new scripts.
B. Custom Keystroke Script –Displays any custom scripts you have added to
validate keystrokes. The Edit button opens a JavaScript Edition dialog box in
which you can write and add new scripts.

7. The Validate tab for the combo box properties

The Validate properties restrict entries to specified ranges, values, or characters,

ensuring that users enter the appropriate data for a combo box.

 Field value is not validated – Turns off validation.

 Field value is in range – Sets a numeric range for a combo box using values you
enter in either as a number or a percentage. It is available only when Number or
Percentage is selected in Format tab.
 Run custom validation script – Validates by a JavaScript that you create or provide.
The Edit button opens a JavaScript Edition dialog box in which you can write and
191
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

add new scripts.

8. The Calculate tab for the combo box properties

With this option, you can perform mathematical operations on existing form field
entries and display the result.

 Value is not calculated – Select this option if you want the users to type.
 Value is the – Select this to make further options available:

A. The List includes the mathematical functions to apply to the selected fields.
Choose Sum to add the values entered in the selected fields, Product to
multiply them, Average, Minimum, or Maximum.
B. Pick – Opens a Field Selection dialog box with a list of the available fields in
the form that you select to add or deselect to remove from the calculation.

 Simplified field notation -- Uses JavaScript with field names and simple arithmetic
signs. The Edit button opens a JavaScript Edition dialog box in which you can write,
edit, and add scripts.
 Custom calculation script -- Displays any custom scripts you have added for
calculations. The Edit button opens a JavaScript Edition dialog box in which you
can write and add new scripts.

 Set combo box properties as default

After setting combo box properties for a new combo box, you can set your settings as
the new default for all the combo boxes you create in future.

To set the current properties as default, right-click the combo box > select Use
Current Properties as New Defaults.

List Box and Text Field

A list box is a GUI widget that allows the user to select one or more items from a list
contained within a static, multiple line text box. Also, you can set a list box property
that enables the user to Shift-click or Ctrl-click/Control-click to select multiple items on
the list.

A text field is a common element of graphical user interface of computer programs,

as well as the corresponding type of widget used when programming GUIs, which let
the user type in text, such as name, address, phone number, etc.

For creating, moving, resizing, deleting, duplicating the list box and text field and
192
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

setting tab order please refer to “Push button”.

 Set list box properties

Please refer to “Set combo box properties”.

 Set text field properties

Although most of the properties are common to those of combo boxes, the Options
tab is exclusive.

1. For all the other properties of a text field, please refer to “Set combo box properties”.

2. The Options tab for the text field properties

 Alignment – Aligns the text left, right, or center within the field.
 Default Value – Specifies the text that appears until the user overwrites it by typing
in the field. Enter the default value by typing in this option.
 Scroll long text – Compensates for text that extends beyond the boundaries of the
text field.
 Limit of Characters – Allows entries of up to the number of characters you specify.

Note: If you entered a default value, that value is clipped to this limit.

 Password – Displays the user-entered text as a series of asterisks (*). This option
is available only if Check Spelling is deselected.
 Check spelling – Checks the spelling of user-entered text.
 Comb of Characters -- Spreads the user-entered text evenly across the width of
the text field. If a border color is specified, Solid or Dashed Line is selected in the
Appearance tab, each character entered in the field is separated by lines of that
color. This option is available only when no other check box is selected.

A B

Text fields with and without the Comb property

A. Text field with a border color, using the Comb property

B. Text field without the Comb property

193
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

 Multi-line – Allows more than a single-line entry in the text field.

 Set text field properties as default

To set the current properties as default, right-click the text field > select Use Current
Properties as New Defaults.

Signature Field

The signature field is specially designed by to create blank digital signature fields for
reviewers to sign. You can place the field anywhere you want the reviewers to sign.

 Create a new Signature field

Choose Form > Signature Field , your cursor will change into and do the

following:

 Drag an area in the desired place to create a signature field.

 A box appears under the field for you to input the name.
 You can also click the All Properties to do more settings. Or double-click the field
to open the signature Properties dialog box.

For moving, resizing, deleting, duplicating the signature field and setting tab order,
please refer to “Push button”.

To set signature field’s General, Appearance, Position, and Actions tab properties,
please refer to “Set push button properties”.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports to sign and verify digital signatures on XFA forms
created by Adobe LiveCycle. To sign and verify digital signatures, please refer to Digital
Signature.

The Signed tab for the signature field properties

• Nothing Happens When Signed – it is set as default.

• Mark As Read-Only - Prevents other readers to change the digitally signed form.

 All Fields - Prevents any changes to any form field.

 All Fields Except These - Allows changing the selected form fields. Click
the Pick button and select check boxes for the fields that you want the
reviewers to edit after signing.
 Just These Fields – Prevent to change the form fields you pick.
194
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

• This Script Executes When Field is Signed:

Activate a custom JavaScript when the user digitally signs the form. Click the Edit
button to change or create a new JavaScript action.

Image Field

An image field is a Push Button with JavaScript prewired, which allows users to
quickly browse and select an image to add to the PDF document. For creating and
modifying an image field, please refer to the instructions on Push button.

Date Field

A date field is a Text Field with the Format set to Date, letting users quickly fill in a
date in the PDF. When users click the date field with the Hand command, the Date
picker arrow icon appears. Click the arrow icon and choose a date from the Date
picker. Then the date is successfully filled in the date field with the specified format.
For creating and modifying a date field, please refer to the instructions on the
instructions on Text Field.

Arrange form fields

You can arrange form fields in a page, such as aligning, centering and distributing form
fields. Before arranging form fields, select multiple form fields.

Select multiple form fields

To arrange the form fields, you have to select multiple form fields that you want to
arrange first.

To select multiple form fields, do one of the following:

 Choose the Select Annotation command > Shift-click or Ctrl-click each form field.
 Choose the Select Annotation command > drag a selection marquee around the
area to select them.

To deselect an individual form field, Ctrl-click the specific field.

Note: The form field highlighted in red is the anchor. When you select multiple form fields
by clicking, the last field selected is the anchor.
195
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Align/Center/Distribute multiple form fields

Please refer to Arrange comments for details.

Resize multiple form fields

Select one of the form fields as the anchor, and the rest of the form fields will be
resized with the same height or width as that of the anchor form field. For example,

 Select form field A and B with the Select Annotation command. Suppose that you
want to set A as the anchor form field.
 Right-click A > Size > Height/Width/Both. And you’ll see that the
height/width/height and width of B is resized to be the same as that of A.

Set Form-field Tab Order

Please refer to Set Tab Order of Push Button.

Page templates

Page templates can be used to fill a PDF form where users need to add more pages if
they still have info to enter. Or, an official organization like Customs creates a page
template which contains several buttons with JavaScript actions that corresponding
forms will appear when users click on different buttons to fill in forms based on
different situations.

Create a page template

1. Navigate to a page that you want to create a page template from.

2. Click Form > Page Template.
3. In the Page Templates dialog box, enter the name and click Add.
4. A message box pops up to ask you whether to create a new page template from
the current page. Click OK.
5. The name of the created template will be listed in the dialog box, and you can
preview it on the left of the dialog box by checking the box to the left of the
template name.
6. Click Close to exit the Page Templates dialog box.

196
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

Manage page templates

In the Page Templates dialog box, choose a template and click Goto to navigate to
the page. You can also rename, replace, and delete page templates.

 Rename a page template

1. Click Form > Page Template.

2. In the Page Templates dialog box, choose the template you want to rename, click
Rename and click OK.
3. Type a new name in the pop-up dialog box and click OK.
4. Click Close to exit the Page Templates dialog box.

 Replace a page template

1. Navigate to a desired page you want to replace with.

2. Click Form > Page Template.
3. In the Page Templates dialog box, choose the template you want to replace, click
Replace and click OK.
4. Click Close to exit the Page Templates dialog box.

 Delete a page template

1. Click Form > Page Template.

2. In the Page Templates dialog box, choose the template you want to delete, click
Delete and click OK.
3. Click Close to exit the Page Templates dialog box.

Set the field calculation order

When you define two or more calculations in a form, the order in which they are
carried out is the order in which you set the calculations. In some cases, you may need
to modify the calculation order to obtain correct results.

For example, if you want to use the results obtained from calculating two form fields
to calculate the value of a third form field, the first two form fields must be calculated
together first to obtain the correct results.

 Choose Form > Calculation Order.

The Calculation Order dialog box displays all calculable fields in your form and the
order in which the calculations are performed.
197
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

 To change the field calculation order, select the field from the list, and then click
the Up or Down button as needed.
 Click OK to finish.

Edit Static XFA Forms

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports editing of static XFA forms.

To edit static XFA forms, please do as below:

1. Open the static XFA form with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud and choose Form > Edit Static
XFA Form. You’ll be prompted to save a copy of the original file to continue to edit.

2. Click OK to edit the form as needed.

JavaScript

JavaScript is a dynamic, prototype-based language with first-class functions, which

serves as a means to easily create interactive web pages. In Foxit PDF Editor Cloud,
you can easily integrate this level of interactivity into your PDF documents.

With Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can invoke JavaScript code using actions associated
with documents, bookmarks, links, and pages. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides four
options –Document JavaScript, Document Action, JavaScript Console, and Edit All
JavaScripts. The Document JavaScript lets you create or access document level scripts
in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. The Document Action lets you create document-level
JavaScript actions that apply to the entire document. The JavaScript Console provides
an interactive and convenient interface for testing portions of JavaScript code and
experimenting with object properties and methods. The Edit All JavaScripts option
allows you to create and edit all JavaScripts (e.g. bookmark JavaScripts, page
JavaScripts, etc.) in the JavaScript Editor.

Document JavaScript

Document JavaScripts are variable and function definitions that are generally useful
to a given document, but are not applicable outside the document.

Variable definitions: Define variables at the document level to make them visible
to any executing script.
Function definitions: Define functions at the document level that support the user
interaction with the document. These functions may be utility functions for
198
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

handling common tasks for string or number manipulation, or functions that

execute lengthy scripts called by actions initiated by a user interacting with form
fields, bookmarks, page changes, etc.

To create or access document level scripts in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, select Form >
JavaScript > Document JavaScript. The pop-up JavaScript Functions dialog box
enables you to add, edit, or delete document level scripts. All the document level
scripts are stored within the PDF document.

In JavaScript Functions dialog box, you will see the following buttons:

Close – Closes the dialog box.

Add – After typing a new Script Name, a JavaScript Editor dialog box pops up. You
can create and edit document level scripts here. To change the font of JavaScripts,
click the Font button.
Edit – The JavaScript Editor dialog box pops up, enabling you to modify the
JavaScripts you create.
Delete – Delete the JavaScript you selected.

Document Action

You can create the document-level JavaScript actions that apply to the entire
document. For example, selecting Document Did Save runs the JavaScript after a
document is saved.

JavaScript Console

JavaScript Console is a control panel for the execution and debugging of JavaScript
code. Serving as a debugging aid, it is quite useful for displaying debug messages and
executing JavaScript. To active the JavaScript console, select Form> JavaScript >
JavaScript Console, and do the following:

1. In the pop-up JavaScript Console dialog box, type your JavaScript code.
2. Click Run button to run your JavaScript code. You will be prompted that the
code has run successfully.
3. You can click Clear to remove all the contents you input from the dialog box,
or click Close to discard the contents and exit the dialog box.

199
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 9: Forms User Manual

JavaScript Editor

You can use the built-in JavaScript editor in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud to create and edit
all the JavaScripts in a PDF file. To open the JavaScript editor, choose Form >
JavaScript > Edit All JavaScripts. In the JavaScript Editor dialog box, click Go to to
jump to a specific line of code. After editing the JavaScripts, click OK to save it.

200
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

Chapter 10 – Security
The security feature of PDF gives you an exceptional control over your PDF files. To
provide adequate protection for PDF’s contents, you can encrypt and secure PDF files
to prevent unauthorized access, restrict sensitive operations, etc.

Check PDF security

Some PDF files may contain restrictions preventing actions such as printing, editing,
copying, etc. To check if you have these permissions, please do the following:

• Choose File > Properties > Security, or Protect > Secure Document >
Security Properties.

Password Protection & Certificate Protection

In Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can add password protection, certificate protection, and
security restrictions to a PDF or PDF portfolio, limiting who can open the file, can copy,
edit or print the file, etc. However, the protection in a secured PDF portfolio does not
apply to the PDF files in it, so for the component PDFs in a PDF portfolio, if you need
to add or remove protection, open the component PDFs and then add/remove
protection.

Password Protection

You can add a password to a PDF to limit access and restrict certain features, such as
printing, copying and editing.

There are two kinds of passwords that could be applied to a PDF file: a Document
Open password and a Permissions password. When you set a Document Open
password, anyone who tries to open the PDF must type in the password that you
specified. When you set a Permissions password, anyone who wants to change the
restrictions must type the Permissions password. Please note that if a PDF is secured
with both types of passwords, it can be opened with either password, but only the
Permissions password allows you to change the restrictions.

Tips:

1. There’s no way out to recover password from the PDF if you forgot it. To keep a
backup copy of the PDF that isn’t password-protected is a good choice.
201
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

2. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows you to input Unicode password in the password input
box when you open a document protected by Unicode password.

Add a password security

1. Choose Protect > Secure Document > Password Protect, or click File >
Properties > Security, choose Password Protection from the drop-down list.
2. In the Password Protection dialog box, do the following:

Document Open Settings:

Require a password to open the document – selects to require users to type the
password you specify to open the document.

Password Input: specifies a password that users must type to open the document.

Password Confirm: type the password again to confirm the password.

Document Restriction Settings:

Add Document Restriction – restricts actions to PDFs, such as printing, editing, etc.

Password Input: specifies a password that is required to change the permissions

settings. If the file is opened in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, the user can view the file but
must enter the permissions password to change the file’s security and permissions
settings.

Password Confirm: type the password again to confirm the password.

Permission Specification:

The security details you specified are shown on the left. Click Permission to set the
restriction settings. In the Permission Settings dialog box, check Restrict printing
and editing of the document and its security settings and then select the options
as needed.

Print Allowed – specifies the level of printing which users are allowed for the PDF.

A. Print with low resolution – allows users to print at no higher than 150-dpi
resolution.
B. Print with high resolution – allows users to print with any resolution.

Changes Allowed – defines which editing actions are allowed in the document.
202
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

A. Inserting, deleting, and rotating pages – allows users to insert, delete, and
rotate PDF pages.
B. Filling in forms and signing existing signature fields – allows users to fill
in forms and sign documents in existing signatures fields.
C. Commenting, filling in forms and signing existing signature fields –
allows users to add comments, fill in forms and sign documents in existing
signatures fields.
D. Any except extracting pages – allows users to do any operation but extract
pages. If you choose this option when encrypting a PDF portfolio, users are
allowed to add, create, and remove files in the PDF portfolio.

Enable copying of text, images, and other content – allows users to copy
content in PDFs.

Enable text access for screen reader devices for the visually impaired –
allows the visually impaired users to access text with screen reader devices.

Encrypt Settings:

Encryption Algorithm- defines data transformations that cannot be easily reversed

by unauthorized users. Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports 128-bit AES, 256-bit AES and
128-bit ARC-FOUR.

Don’t encrypt metadata – encrypts the contents of a PDF but still allow search
engines access to the document metadata.

Save the setting as a new policy – save the current security settings as a policy so
that you can apply it to other documents.

3. Click Ok and save the document to make setting take effect.

Modify password and security settings

1. Choose Protect > Secure Document > Security Properties, or choose File >
Properties.

2. In the Security tab for the document properties, choose Document Security >
Password Protection, and then click Change Settings…

3. Do the settings as “Add a password security” and then click OK.

203
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

Remove password and security settings

To remove password and security settings from a PDF, you must have the permissions
to do so.

1. Open a PDF, and choose either way of the following to remove password and
security settings.

 Choose Protect > Secure Document > Remove Security.

 Choose Protect > Secure Document > Security Properties, or choose File >
Properties. In the Security tab for the document properties, choose No
Protection from Security Method menu.
2. A Foxit Security message box will prompt to ask whether you are sure to remove
security from this document.

Certification Protection

The advantage of securing documents with certificates is that authors can specify
unique permissions for each person. For example, authors can permit a person to fill
in forms and comment in document, and permit another person to edit text or delete
pages. You can choose certificates from files on disk, or from the Windows certificate
store. Only a specific set of users whose identities can be verified and managed can
have access to the document. A certificate that contains public key and other
identifying information is used to encrypt documents, or verified a digital signature.
Only corresponding private key decrypts the document that was encrypting using the
certificate.

Generally, if possible, encrypt documents using certificates from third-party provider.

If the certificate is lost or stolen, the issuing authority can replace it, if a self-signed
certificate is deleted, all PDFs encrypted using the certificate is forever inaccessible.

Add a certificate security

1. Choose Protect > Secure Document > Certificate Protect.

2. In Certificate Protection dialog box, create intended recipient list for the encrypt
document：

 Click New ID to create and store your self-signed digital ID in:

New PKCS#12 digital ID file – Stores the digital ID information to a file with

204
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

the extension .pfx on Windows and .p12 on Mac OS. You can use the files
interchangeably across different operating systems.

Windows Certificate Store – Stores the digital ID to a common location. Other

Windows applications can also retrieve it.

 Click Import to import a certificate from Windows Certificate store.

 Click Browse to import a certificate from disk.
 Click Remove to delete a recipient from recipient list.
 Click Permission to set document restriction for the selected recipient. About
Permission options, please refer to “Add document restrictions” of Password
security options.

3. Select Encryption Algorithm (support 128-bit AES, 256-bit AES and128 bit ARC-
FOUR.
4. Check Don’t Encrypt metadata to encrypt the documents except metadata.
5. (Optional) Check Save the settings as a new policy to save the current security
settings as a policy so that you can apply it to other documents.
6. Click OK and save the document.

Change or remove certificate protection

To change or remove security settings, you must have permission to do so. If you want
to change or remove security encrypted with certificate, you must have all access to
the document, or you can’t do changes or remove security settings.

To change certificate protection, please do the following:

1. Choose Protect > Secure Document > Security Properties, or choose File >
Properties.
2. In the Security tab for the document properties, choose Document Security >
Certificate Protection, and then click Change Settings…
3. In Certificate Protection dialog box, refer to Add a certificate security.
4. Click OK and save the document to apply your changes.

To remove certificate protection, please do one of the following:

1. Choose Protect > Secure Document > Remove Security.

2. Choose Protect > Secure Document >Security Properties or choose File >
Properties, in the Security tab for the document properties, choose No

205
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

Protection from Security Method menu.

Set Security Policies

If you often apply the same security settings to multiple PDFs, you can save your
settings as a policy that you can apply to other PDFs. Security policies include the
security method, encryption password, permission settings, etc.

Create a security policy

1. Choose Protect > Secure Document > Security Policies.

2. Click New.
3. Choose security method from menu and specify the policy name and description.
4. Click Edit Details to set restriction settings or passwords.
5. Review the policy details, and then click Close.

Secure PDFs using policies

You can apply any security policy to a PDF file. To secure a PDF with a security policy
that you specified, do the following:

1. Open a PDF document.

2. Choose Protect > Secure Document >Security Policies.
3. In the Manage Security Policies dialog box, select a policy which you want to apply
to the PDF file.
4. Click Apply to this Document.
5. Save the document to apply the security policy.

Manage security policies

After you create security policies, you can manage them by copying, editing, and
deleting.

1. Choose Protect > Secure Document > Security Policies.

2. In the Manage Security Policies dialog box, select a policy from left panel and do
one or more of the following:
 Click New to create a new policy.
 Click Copy to copy a policy. This option is useful when you create a new policy
that’s based on the settings of the selected policy.
 Click Edit Details to edit a policy.
 Click Delete to delete a policy.
 Click Close.

206
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

Classify and protect PDFs with sensitivity labels in AIP

Sensitivity labels in Microsoft Azure Information Protection (AIP) are a feature that
allows organizations to classify and protect their data based on its sensitivity. With
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, you can classify and protect documents with sensitivity labels
configured by the administrator in your organization.

1. Open your PDF with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

2. Click Protect > Sensitivity. (Sign in to your AIP account if you haven’t by clicking
Connect to Microsoft Azure Information Protection to get the list of configured
sensitivity labels.)
3. Select a label from the list to apply to the document.
4. When the labeling process is complete, the document is saved automatically.

Remove hidden data

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud supports the removal of hidden information that is private or
sensitive for users from their PDFs, generally including metadata, embedded content,
attached files, and scripts.

There are two commands you can use to remove hidden information: Sanitize
Document and Remove Hidden Information. To remove all hidden information
from a PDF file in one go, choose Protect > Hidden Data > Sanitize Document.

To select and remove the hidden information you want to remove, do the following:

1. Choose Protect > Hidden Data > Remove Hidden Information.

2. In the pop-up dialog box, select the document information you want to remove,
and click OK.
• Metadata – the data in the document information dictionary and all metadata
streams, such as the information in the File > Properties > Description.
• File Attachments – all file attachments in the document, including the ones
that are added with the File Attachment command in the Edit tab and the
File command in the Comment tab.
• Bookmarks – all bookmarks in the document.
• Embedded search index – the search indexes embedded in the document.
• Comments and markups – all comments added to the document, including
files attached as comments.
• Form fields – all form fields in the document. After the removal, all form fields
are flattened and can no longer be filled or modified.
• Hidden text – the text that is transparent, covered up by other content, or has

207
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

the same color as the background in the document.

• Hidden layers – all layers (including both shown and hidden layers) in the
document.
• Deleted or cropped content – the invisible content that has been removed or
cropped, such as deleted or cropped pages.
• Links, actions and Javascripts – the links created using the Link command,
the actions included in the properties of content like form fields and
bookmarks, and all JavaScripts in the document.
• Overlapping Objects – If a page includes objects (not including text objects)
that overlap one another, the whole page will be changed to an image object
after the removal.

Note: When you remove hidden information with the Sanitize Document command, the
multimedia files added using the Audio & Video command will also be removed.

Redaction

The redaction feature allows you to remove sensitive information from your
document prior to making it available to others. You are able to mark the text, graphics,
text and graphics, or pages for Redaction first, and then apply the redaction.
Alternatively, you can use the Whiteout feature to remove the content permanently
and replace it with white background with one click.

Mark for Redaction

To mark text or graphics for redaction, select Protect > Mark for Redaction > Text &

Images, and the Hand command changes into a Cross automatically. Then do any

the following to mark the content:

 Drag a rectangle where you want to add redaction. This method allows you to
select and mark both text and images at the same time.
 Double-click an image to mark an entire image.

 Hover the pointer over the text. When the pointer changes into , click and drag

to select the text you want to redact.

 If you need to add redaction to the same position on multiple pages, please right-
click the marked content and choose Place on Multiple Pages….

To mark pages for redaction, select Protect > Mark for Redaction > Mark Page, and
choose the page range you want to add redaction to.

208
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

The marked content or page will be filled with black color in a red rectangle once
moving close the pointer to the selected area. You can move and resize the rectangle
before you apply the redaction. (Note: You can’t move or resize the rectangle around the

text selected with the pointer .)

Set Redaction Properties

You can set redaction properties, such as the appearance and the author, and so forth.
Only before you apply the redaction can you set the properties.

Right-click the marked area and choose Properties… and the Redaction Properties
dialog box pops up. The redaction properties have Appearance tab, General tab and
Review History tab. There are two additional settings on every tab:

➢ Locked – When selected, prevents any further changes to any redaction

properties.
➢ Set Current Properties as Default – sets the current properties as default.

Appearance tab:

Redacted Area Fill Color – select a fill color for the boxes that will replace the redacted
items.

Use Overlay Text – check this item if you need to display some text or code on the
redacted area. You can set the font, font size, font color and text alignment.

Custom Text – check this option and input the text you want to display in the redacted
area.

Redaction Code – check this option to select code entries from corresponding code
sets.

Add Selected Entry – After selecting a code entry, click this option to add the code entry
to the box next to the Redaction Code option. When you select a code entry that has
been added to the box, the option changes to Remove Selected Entry to allow you to
remove the added code entry from the box. (Tip: You can also add/remove code entries
by selecting or unselecting items from the context menu of the marked area.) The names
of the code entries you added will appear in the marked area when you put your
cursor on the area.

Edit Codes – click it if you need to add, rename, remove, or import/export redaction
codes and code sets.
209
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

General tab:

You can change the author and subject of the redaction.

Review History tab:

You can see the history of changes which have been made to the status of a redaction
before applying the redaction.

Apply Redactions

You need to apply redactions after marking the text, graphics, or pages you want to
redact. To apply redactions, do the following:
1. Select Protect > Mark for Redaction > Apply Redactions to redact all of the
marked content in the document. You can also do this by right-clicking the marked
content and choosing Apply or Apply All to redact either the selected content or
all of the marked content in the document.
2. A dialog box pops up to give a warning message and asks if you are sure to apply
redactions or not. Select OK to apply redactions.
When you save the document after applying redactions, you can save the redacted file
automatically as a new file with the preconfigured filename. To configure the filename,
please select Adjust filename when saving applied redaction marks and input text
in the Prefix and Suffix boxes in File > Preferences > Documents > Redaction.

Search and Remove Text

You can find and remove content either in a single PDF file or in multiple PDF files
under a specified folder that contain searchable text with the Search & Redact
command.

1. Select Protect > Mark for Redaction > Search and Redact. (Or click the Search

features icon in the upper right corner of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window
and choose Search & Redact.) Then specify what you want to redact in the Search
panel. (For more about the search feature, please refer to “advanced search”.)
Please do one of the following:
 To search and redact an exact word or phrase, select Match exact word or
phrase. Then type the text you wish to find and redact into the search
dialogue box.
 You can search and redact multiple words or phrases at the same time. Select
Multiple words or phrase, and click Select Words…. In the pop-up dialog

210
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

box, enter the word or phrase you want to search and redact, and click Add.
Repeat until you add all the words/phrases you want to search for. Or you can
click Import to import a text file with the list of words or phrases to search
for. For the words you have added, click Export to export them to a text file.
 To search and redact a predefined redaction profile, select Redaction
Profiles and then select an existing redaction profile you want to use. See also
Create and manage redaction profiles.
 To search and redact patterns (such as phone numbers and credit card
numbers), select Looks like search pattern. Then select the pattern you
want to search from the Select your pattern drop-down list, and choose the
specific country or region from the Country/Region drop-down list.
2. Click Search.
3. Check the results you want to redact, and choose Mark whole word(s) for
redaction to mark all characters of the word(s) you search, or choose Mark
partial word(s) for redaction to mark the specified characters of the word(s).
If you choose Mark partial word(s) for redaction, the Settings dialog box pops
up and allows you to specify the characters you want to mark. To change your
character settings, click the Settings button in the Search panel.
4. Click the button Mark Checked Results for Redaction at the bottom of the
search dialogue box.
5. Click the Apply Redactions button. Or Choose Protect > Mark for Redaction >
Apply Redactions.

Note: This operation cannot be undone and the selected content will be removed
permanently after you apply redactions. It is recommended that you save a backup copy of
this document before you apply the redaction.

Create and manage redaction profiles

A redaction profile specifies the text to be redacted, the new text that you want to
overlay the redacted text with, and the search criteria. When you need to search and
redact content in documents that require the same protection, using a redaction
profile can improve the productivity in your document workflow.

To create a redaction profile, do as the following:

1. Select Protect > Mark for Redaction > Search and Redact, and the Search panel

opens. (Or click the Search features icon in the upper right corner of the

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window and choose Search & Redact.)
2. From the search criteria drop-down list, choose Redaction Profiles.
3. Click Create.
211
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

4. In the pop-up dialog box, input a name for the profile to be created.
5. In the New word or phrase box, type the text you want to redact. In the Overlay
text box, type the text that will be displayed on the redacted text. Then click Add.
Repeat as needed. The redacted text and the Overlay text you add will be listed as
groups in the Word/Phrase and overlay text list box. To remove a group, select
it and click Remove.
6. (Optional) Select any of the following options to specify the search criteria as
needed.
a) To limit the search to match only whole words, check Whole Words Only. For
example, if you search for the word Read, the word Reader will not be found.
This criterion is only available for text search.
b) To make the search case-sensitive, check Case-Sensitive. For example, if you
search for the word text, the words Text and TEXT will not be found. This
criterion is only available for text search.
c) To highlight all the text search results, please check Highlight All Text.
d) To make the size of the Overlay text fit the redacted area, select Always Auto-
Size text to fit redaction region. For example, if the Overlay text is too long,
the part that exceeds the redacted area will not be displayed. With this option
selected, the text size will automatically shrink and all of the Overlay text will
be displayed on the redacted area.

7. Click Save & Search to save the profile and search the document immediately,
after which you can select the found instances and apply redaction. Or just click
Save to save the profile.

To manage existing redaction profiles, do as the following:

1. Select Protect > Mark for Redaction > Search and Redact, and the Search panel

opens. (Or click the Search features icon in the upper right corner of the
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window and choose Search & Redact.)
2. From the search criteria drop-down list, choose Redaction Profiles.
3. Click Manage.
4. In the pop-up dialog box, select a profile and do any of the following:
• Choose Edit to modify the selected profile. For details, please refer to Create a
redaction profile.
• Choose Delete to remove the selected profile.
• Choose Import to import a redaction profile.
• Choose Export to export the selected profile.

212
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

Whiteout

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides the Whiteout feature to enable you to apply redaction
with one-click, improving your productivity in the document workflow. You can use the
feature to simply and securely erase any content to white background from your PDF
file with one click like an eraser, leaving no trace behind of the previous content.

To remove content from your PDF with the Whiteout command, do as the following:

1. Choose Protect > Whiteout. The cursor changes into a cross .

2. Click and drag a rectangle around the content you want to remove.

3. (Optional) If you put the cursor over text, it changes into and allows you to

select the text you want to remove. Or you can double-click an image to remove
the entire image.
4. Click OK in the prompt warning you the “Whiteout” cannot be undone. You can
click Don’t show again in the prompt so that you won’t be bothered the next time
you use the feature. Then you can see the selected content is removed and
replaced with the white background.

Note: Like redaction, the whiteout operation is permanent and cannot be reversed.

Trust settings

You can customize trust settings for Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, which is helpful to make
your PDF workflow both secure and efficient. To specify the settings, click File >
Preferences > Trust Manager.

Safe Reading Mode

Safe Reading Mode enables you to control unauthorized actions and data
transmissions that efficiently avoid attacks from malicious content and viruses.

Activate Safe Reading Mode

To activate Safe Reading Mode, do the followings:

Select File > Preferences > Trust Manager, and check Enable Safe Reading
Mode option.
Click OK.
213
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

On-line whitelist management

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows users to add trusted URLs to better manage file access.

To set on-line whitelist, please follow the steps below:

Choose File > Preferences > Trust Manager > click Change Settings in the Internet
Access from PDF Files outside the web browser group, then Manage Sites dialog
box will pop up as shown below:

Allow PDF files to access all web sites: Select it to allow access to all web sites.
Block PDF file access to all web sites: Select it to restrict access to all web sites.
Custom setting: You can customize the trusted URLs to restrict access to only the
URLs you customize.

➢ Select Custom setting.

➢ Input the host name of a website under the Host name field.
➢ Click Allow and then click OK.

The URLs that you trusted will be added in the Web Sites List. If you want to delete the
trusted URL, please select it and click Delete. For the URLs not included in the Web
Sites List, you can check one of the following options to set the default behavior when
connecting to the web sites.

Always ask: When you try to access websites not listed as trusted, Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud will always prompt you with a pop-up window saying: “If you trust this site,
click Yes; otherwise, click No”. This is selected by default.
Allow access: Access to all websites will be available if it is selected.
Block access: Access to all websites will be blocked if it is selected.

Run Script Right Control

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud allows users the rights to run script accordingly, and at the
same time making sure the software executes and secures PDF files. To set the run
script rights, please follow the steps below:

Choose File > Preferences > JavaScript or Trust Manager, and then set the rights as
required:

To enable all JavaScript: Check Enable JavaScript Actions and uncheck Enable
Safe Reading Mode.
To disable all JavaScript: Uncheck Enable JavaScript Actions and check Enable
214
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 10: Security User Manual

Safe Reading Mode.

To enable secured JavaScript: Check Enable JavaScript Actions and Enable Safe
Reading Mode.

215
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

Chapter 11 – Signature
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud provides robust, secure and quick signature features, including
legally-binding eSignatures, ink signatures, and digital signature.

Foxit eSign

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud integrates with Foxit eSign, a legally-binding electronic
signature service. With a licensed account, you can perform an eSign workflow not
only on the Foxit eSign website using a web browser but also within Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud directly, which allows you to edit your documents and collect signatures with
complete ease.

With Foxit eSign in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, after logging in with a licensed account, you
can create your own signatures and electronically sign documents by placing the
signatures on PDF pages, which is as easy as signing a paper document with a pen.
You can also quickly initiate an eSign process to collect signatures from multiple
people.

When you electronically sign a PDF within Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, the appearance of
an applied signature/initials may include information like Signer ID and the date/time
when you signed, depending on the settings for your Foxit eSign account. In your Foxit
eSign account, you can use a set number of envelopes based on your license plan, and
one envelope will be used when you electronically sign a PDF within Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud. For more information about envelopes and Foxit eSign, you can refer to Foxit
eSign Knowledge Base.

Create your own signatures and sign a PDF

1. Open the document you want to sign.

2. (Optional) Use the tools in the Foxit eSign tab to add text or symbols to fill your
PDF as needed.

3. Click the sign on the signature palette (or click on the lower right corner

of the signature palette and choose Create Signature) in the Foxit eSign tab to
create a signature (Full Name) and the corresponding initials. Or you can click
Manage Signatures in the Foxit eSign tab and click Add in the pop-up Manage

Signatures dialog box to create signatures. (Note: The sign is displayed when

there aren’t any signatures created yet or when there aren’t any initials created for the

216
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

corresponding signature.)
4. In the Create Signatures dialog box:
• Draw a signature, import a file, copy a snapshot from the clipboard, or
type text content to create signatures. When you type text to create a
signature, you can click Change Style to change the text style for your
signature. (Tip: You can sign your signature on a clean white sheet of paper
using a black pen, and scan it to an image file. To create the best signature, it
is suggested to scan your signature in monochrome at 600 DPI.)
• Click Online > Download Signature/Download Initials to open the
Online Signature dialog box, which shows the signatures you have
previously saved online. Then select and download the desired signatures
as the signature/initials. You can also delete signatures in the dialog box
by clicking Delete.
5. Click the Options button to select the options as needed:
• Convert signature to black & white: the signature will be created in black
and white even if the original image is chromatic.
• Keep original size: selects the option and the signature will be created
with the original size. If the signature width/height is greater than the page
size, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will zoom it out to a signature with a width of
100 pixels while maintaining the original proportion. The option is only
available when the signature is from an imported file or Clipboard. With
the option unselected, the signature will be resized and created with a
width of 100 pixels while maintaining the original proportion by default.
• Discard the signature when program closes: the signature will be
discarded the next time you launch Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.
• Require password to use this signature: Specify a password that will be
required when users sign the document with the signature. Enter the
password again to confirm it.
6. Click OK.
7. Select your created signature on the signature palette, and then the cursor will be
changed into a shape with the appearance preview of the signature.
8. Place the cursor to the position you want to sign and click. Or drag a rectangle to
define the size and placement. The signature stays selected until you choose
another tool. You can place multiple signatures on pages continuously without
the need to reselect the same signature.
9. Click the signature with the Hand command, and it will be highlighted with a red
rectangle. After adding the signature, do any of the following, if necessary.
To resize the signature, drag the small blue square on the lower right corner
of the rectangle. After resizing the signature, you can right-click the signature
and choose Set Current Size as Default to set the size as default so that Foxit
PDF Editor Cloud will remember and apply the same size when you add the
same signature in the future.

217
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

To move the signature, drag the rectangle directly to the desired place.
Before applying the signature, you can right-click the signature and choose
relevant options from the context menu to copy, cut, paste, or delete the
signature.
10. (Optional) Right-click the signature you added, and select Place on Multiple
Pages from the context menu to place the signature to multiple pages.
11. Click Apply All Signatures on the ribbon to apply all signatures in the document.

Notes:

1. When you have placed signatures/initials that are from the same group of
signatures on pages, you need to apply those signatures/initials first if you want to
place signatures from another group.
2. Once applied, the signatures/initials can no longer be edited or deleted.

Manage signatures

1. Click Manage Signatures in the Foxit eSign tab.

2. In the Manage Signatures dialog box, do any of the following:
• Click Add to create signatures and initials.

• Click the Edit or Delete icon to edit or delete existing signatures.

• Click the Upload icon to upload the signature to Foxit eSign server.

Please note that Foxit eSign server only saves one group of signatures (full
name and initials). If you upload multiple groups of signatures, the latest
group will be kept on Foxit eSign server.

Note: If you upload a group of signatures to Foxit eSign server through the Manage
Signatures dialog box, the signature/initials saved in your profile in the Foxit eSign
website will automatically be changed to the default signatures you set. However, if
you make changes to the signature/initials in your profile on the Foxit eSign webpage,
the changes will not be synchronized automatically to Foxit eSign in Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud, and you can download the modified signature/initials through the Online
Signature dialog box if needed.

Initiate an eSign process in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud

To send your documents for eSignatures within Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, do the
following to initiate an eSign process:

218
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

1. Open the document you want to send for eSignatures.

2. After logging in to your Foxit eSign account, click Request Signature in the Foxit
eSign tab.
3. A file tab named “Request Signature” is opened in the application window. The
current document has been uploaded to the Foxit eSign server and listed in the
“Request Signature” file tab. Together with the document, you can add more
documents to send for eSignatures.
4. Add signers.
5. Add the fields to the documents for signers to fill in, and assign the properties to
the fields as required.
6. Enter the email subject and messages and then send the envelope to the
recipients.
7. (Optional) You can view all envelopes you have sent in the “Document Signature”
file tab, which appears when you click Document Status in the Foxit eSign tab.

The process to request eSignatures in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud is the same as in the
Foxit eSign website, and you can refer to Foxit eSign Knowledge Base for detailed
instructions.

In the Foxit eSign tab, you can perform additional tasks using the Send in Bulk,
Create Online Form, and Add E-Sign Branding commands. Clicking on any of these
commands will take you to the Foxit eSign website to perform the corresponding
actions. For more information on the commands, please refer to Foxit eSign
Knowledge Base.

• Send in Bulk: Send a single document or envelope to a large number of

recipients with just a few clicks.
• Create Online Form: Create a web form that can be used to collect mass
signatures through a link.
• Add E-Sign Branding: Customize your company’s logo and theme color. This
branding will appear on all outgoing emails, Signature Certificates, the Online
Form Success Page, and throughout the User Interface in the top left of every
page.

Manage eSign agreements

You can manage your eSign agreements efficiently and effortlessly with the homepage
of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud. To do this, navigate to the Documents page, and select the
eSign agreements tab for a comprehensive overview of all your associated eSign
agreements. The eSign agreements tab includes sub-tabs containing different
categories of agreements, such as those waiting for your or others' signatures, saved
drafts, and completed agreements.
219
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

You can utilize the filters (such as DRAFT, SHARED, and CANCELLED), Envelope Name,
or Recipient Name to search for specific agreements in the All agreements sub-tab.
Clicking on the Request Signatures button in the All agreements sub-tab redirects
you to the Foxit eSign website in a new tab to initiate an eSign process.

Quick PDF Sign

Quick PDF Sign enables you to create your self-signed signatures (ink signatures) and
add the signature to the page directly. You don’t need to create different signatures
for different roles.

To create your own handwritten signature and sign a PDF, follow these steps.

1. Choose Home/Protect > Fill & Sign. And the Fill & Sign context tab appears on
the ribbon.
2. (Optional) Use the tools in the Fill & Sign context tab to add text or symbols to fill
your PDF as needed.

3. Click in the signature palette on the ribbon or click on the lower right

corner of the signature palette and choose Create Signature from the drop-down
menu. Or you can click Manage Signatures in the Fill & Sign context tab and click
Add in the pop-up Manage Signatures dialog box to create signatures.
4. In the Create Signature dialog box, you can draw a signature, import a file, copy
from the clipboard, or type text content to create a signature. Or, click Online to
choose a signature from the online signatures you saved before. When you type
text to create a signature, you can click Change Style to change the text style for
your signature.

TIP: You can sign your signature on a clean white sheet of paper using a black pen, and
scan it to an image file. To create the best signature, it is suggested to scan your signature
in monochrome at 600 DPI.

5. Click Options to specify how to create and use the signature.

• Convert signature to black & white: the signature will be created in black
and white even if the original image is chromatic.
• Keep original size: selects the option and the signature will be created
with the original size. If the signature width/height is greater than the page
size, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will zoom it out to a signature with a width of
100 pixels while maintaining the original proportion. The option is only
available when the signature is from an imported file or Clipboard. With
the option unselected, the signature will be resized and created with a
width of 100 pixels while maintaining the original proportion by default.
220
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

• Discard the signature when program closes: the signature will be

discarded the next time you launch Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.
• Require password to use this signature: Specify a password that will be
required when users sign the document with the signature. Enter the
password again to confirm it.
6. Click OK.
7. Select your created signature on the signature palette, and then the cursor will be
changed into a shape with the appearance preview of the signature.
8. Place the cursor to the position you want to sign and click. Or drag a rectangle to
define the size and placement. The signature stays selected until you choose
another tool. You can place multiple signatures on pages continuously without the
need to reselect the same signature.
9. Click the signature with the Hand command, and it will be highlighted with a red
rectangle. After adding the signature, do any of the following, if necessary.
To resize the signature, drag the small blue square on the lower right corner
of the rectangle. After resizing the signature, you can right-click the signature
and choose Set Current Size as Default to set the size as default so that Foxit
PDF Editor Cloud will remember and apply the same size when you add the
same signature in the future.
To move the signature, drag the rectangle directly to the desired place.
Before applying the signature, you can right-click the signature and choose
relevant options from the context menu to copy, cut, paste, or delete the
signature.
10. Right-click the signature you added, and select Place on Multiple Pages from the
context menu to place the signature to multiple pages.
11. You can do one of the following to apply signatures to the document as required:
• To apply the current signature to the document, right-click the signature, and
select Apply Signature from the context menu.
• To apply all signatures in the document, click Apply All Signatures on the
ribbon.
If you want to flatten the document while applying the signatures, select the
Flatten the document when applying all signatures option first in File >
Preferences > PDF Sign (or click on the lower right corner of the signature
palette and choose Preferences from the drop-down menu to select the option).
For details about flattening, please refer to Flatten Pages.
12. Upon completion, click Close to close the Fill & Sign context tab.

Note: Once applied, the signature can no longer be edited or deleted.

To manage the created signatures, do the following:

1. Click Manage Signatures in the Fill & Sign context tab.

2. In the Manage Signatures dialog box, do any of the following:
221
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

• Click Add to create signatures.

• When hovering the cursor over an existing signature, three icons appear. Click

the Edit or Delete icon to edit or delete the signature. Click the

Save Online icon to save the signature to Foxit Web Service. The

signatures saved in Foxit Web Service can be downloaded to sign PDF files
from within Foxit PDF Editor Cloud and Foxit PDF Reader/Editor in Windows
and Mac.
3. Upon completion, click Close to close the Fill & Sign context tab.

Digital Signature

A digital signature acts as a traditional handwritten signature that can be used to

authenticate the identity of a user as well as the document content. It stores
information about the signer along with the date, time, and state of the document
when it was signed.

About Digital ID

Digital ID is the identity of a person/organization, which contains your name, Email

address, a serial number, an expiration date, and the name of the company. A digital
ID contains two keys, one is a public key (certificate) that is used to encrypt or lock
data, and the other is a private key that is used to decrypt or unlock data that is
encrypted.

You can distribute the certificate that contains the public key and other identifying
information to those people who need to use it to verify your identity, validate your
signature, or encrypt a document for you. Only your private key can unlock
information that was encrypted using your certificate, so make sure to store your
digital ID in a safe place.

You can not only obtain a digital ID from a trusted third-party provider called a
Certificate Authority (CA) but also create a self-signed digital ID with Foxit PDF Editor
Cloud. Digital IDs are usually protected by password; you can store it on a computer
in PKCS#12 file format, or in the Windows Certificate Store. All the digital IDs available
on the computer are listed in the Digital IDs window. You can choose Protect > Digital
IDs to check the digital IDs list. In the Digital IDs window, you can also view the
certificate details, refresh the ID list, add or remove a digital ID, and export a digital ID
to an FDF, PKCS, or CER file.

222
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

Sign a PDF

Place a signature

Before you sign a document, you need to draw a signature field where the signature
is placed, get a digital ID, and create the signature.

1. Choose Protect > Sign & Certify > Place Signature.

2. Press and hold the mouse button down, and drag to draw a signature field for
your signature.
3. In Sign Document dialog box, choose a digital ID from drop-down menu. If you
do not have any digital ID or can’t find the specified digital ID, you will need to get
a certificate from the third-party provider or create a self-signed digital ID.
4. (Optional)To create a self-designed digital ID, choose New ID from drop-down
menu. In the Add Digital ID dialog box, select a location to store the digital ID.
Click Next to type your identity information such as name, organization unit, e-
mail address, etc. to be used when generating the self-signed certificate. In Use
Digital ID for, choose one option as needed. Click Next to enter a file name,
storage location and password for your new digital ID file. Confirm your password
and click Finish.
5. For Appearance Type, choose a style from the drop-down list, or click the Create
button to create a new style for your signature appearance. The created styles will
be added to the drop-down list for Appearance Type. Please refer to Creating
signature appearance. You can preview your signature in the Signature Preview
box.
6. Under Text For Signing, input text in the field and select an option from the drop-
down list to specify your location and reason to sign the document. Please note
that Location and Reason fields are available only when the signature is defined
to include the corresponding option in its appearance type. For the Reason field,
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will save your custom reasons for you to choose from the
drop-down list easily in future uses.
7. Do any of the following to sign PDF files:

➢ To sign the currently opened PDF file, click Sign, and then specify the location
and file name to save the signed document.
➢ To sign multiple PDF files, click Apply to Multiple Files. In the pop-up Sign
Multiple Documents dialog box, do the following:

 Click Add files, and choose Local Computer or Add Open Files to add
files or opened files that you want to sign with the same digital signature.
 By default, the document will be signed in a sequence as they are ordered
223
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

in the Sign Multiple Documents dialog box. You can adjust the order of
files by its name, modified time, or size by clicking the corresponding
column name. Alternatively, drag and drop the file in the list to adjust its
order. Select a file and click the Remove button to delete it, if necessary.
 Click Output Options to specify the file name for the signed PDF
document.
 Click Sign Immediately. And then Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will sign your
PDF documents with the same digital signature at the same location as
your current document, and saved the signed documents in the folder
you specified.

Note: By default, the document is signed after you place the signature and then you will
not be able to move or resize it. To change the setting, please uncheck the Sign the
document immediately after the signature is placed option in File > Preferences >
Signature.

Move, resize and delete an unsigned signature

You can move, resize and delete signatures before signing the document, but you
aren’t allowed to change certificate and appearance of certificate.

1. To move a signature
Select the Select Annotation command or the corresponding tool, put the pointer over
the signature, click and drag the signature to another place you like.

2. To resize a signature

Select the Select Annotation command or the corresponding Tool, click the signature.
Place the cursor on any corner point. Pointer changes into the cursor showing the
direction at which the rectangle will be resized.

3. To delete a signature

 Select the Select Annotation command.

 Right-click the signature and choose Delete from context menu, or press Delete
key.

Note: If you have checked the Locked option in Signature Properties dialog box, the
operations to the signature above are not available.

224
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

Create signature appearance

You can set the appearance of your digital signature by selecting different options in
Configure Signature Style dialog box. For example, a signature can include an image
of your handwritten signature, a company logo, or a photo, date, reasons for signing,
and so on.

 Choose Protect > Sign & Certify > Place Signature.

 Press and hold the mouse button down, and drag to draw a signature field for
your signature.
 In Sign Document dialog box, click the Create button to create a new style for
your signature appearance.
 In the pop-up Configure Signature Style dialog box, you can configure the
graphic for your signature by drawing, setting a name, or importing a file. Check
the options that you want to show in the digital signature. A signature appearance
can include lots of information showing the users attributes, including Name,
Logo, Location, etc. Then input a title of the new appearance type in the Title box.
When you are done, click OK to save the settings.
 (Optional) After placing the signature, right-click it and choose Properties… to
set the properties of the signature field. In the Signature Properties dialog box,
you can set the appearance, actions, etc. See also Signature Field Properties. (Note:
This operation is not available after signing the document.)

Sign Documents

A PDF is signed to indicate your approval. The signature is flattened, so it cannot be

resized and moved after signing the document. Multiple people can sign a PDF more
than once. When you sign a document, your digital signature appears in the signature
field. The appearance of the signature depends on your preferences.

1. Sign a PDF after placing, please choose one of the followings to sign the
document:

 Choose Protect > Sign & Certify > Sign Document.

 Select the Hand command and right-click the signature, choose Sign
Document.
 Select the Hand command, and click the signature.
2. Type file name and specify location in pop-up Save As dialog box.

Note: By default, the document is signed after you place the signature. To change the
setting, please uncheck the Sign the document immediately after signature is placed
option in File > Preferences > Signature.
225
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

Validate Signatures

Signature validity is determined by checking the authenticity of the signature’s digital

ID certificate status and document integrity. Depending on how you have configured
your application, validation may occur automatically.

Set Signature Verification Preference

By default, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud will verify signatures when the document is opened,
and will check the certificate revocation status while verifying signatures. If you want
to change the setting, please go to File > Preferences > Signature, and uncheck the
corresponding option in Signing & Verifications group. For more information, please
refer to “Signature Preference”.

Check the validity of a signature

By default, Foxit PDF Editor Cloud verifies signatures when the document is opened.
A message box appears in the top-right corner of the document pane to indicate the
signature status. You can click Signature Panel on the notification message to check
the details about the document certification and signatures in the Digital Signatures
panel.

Validate a signature

1. Open the PDF containing the signature, do one of the followings:

 Choose Protect > Validate.

 Right-click the signature with the Hand command, choose Validate Signature
from context menu.
 Select the Hand command on the toolbar and click the signature.
 Click the Digital Signatures panel, right-click the signature and choose Validate
Signature.

2. Pop-up a Signature Validation Status message box which describes the validity of
signature.

View signed versions of a digitally signed PDF

A signed version will be automatically saved each time you sign a PDF with a digital
226
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

signature. If a digitally signed document was modified, you can still view the signed
version without the modification. For a document digitally signed several times, you
can view each signed version without the changes made after each signature was
applied. All signed versions along with their corresponding digital signatures are listed
in the Digital Signatures panel.

To view a signed version of a digitally signed PDF, do as the following:

1. Open the signed document with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

2. In the Digital Signatures panel in the navigation pane, select and expand a
signature, and choose Click to view this version. Or right-click the signature in
the document pane with the Hand command and choose View Signed Version
from the context menu.
3. Then this version will be opened in a new tab in the application window, with the
title of “filename.pdf-Signed Version”. (Note: If the document has not been modified
since the selected signature was applied, a prompt appears saying you are already
viewing the version covered by the selected signature.)
4. (Optional) Following each signed version in the Digital Signatures panel lists the
changes made to the signed version. Clicking on one of the changes will jump to
the related area in the document.

Compare versions of a digitally signed document

For a digitally signed document (which might have been signed several times), you can
view the differences (if any) between a signed version and the current version you
have.

To compare a signed document with the current version, do as the following:

1. Open the current version you have with Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.
2. Right-click the desired signature in the document pane with the Hand command
and choose Compare Signed Version to Current Version from the context
menu.
3. A PDF document with the comparison result will be automatically created and
opened in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud, and the Compare Results tab appears on the
ribbon. The results document arranges pages side by side showing the two
versions with the changes marked by different icons and colors. The first page
and the second page show a summary and details of the comparison results
respectively. See also Compare PDF Files.

227
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

Certify a PDF (Pro Only)

Only the author can certify his/her own PDF documents. The author can specify what
changes can be made to the file after certifying. Whenever approved changes are
made, the certificate remains valid. If a reader tries to make changes you haven't
allowed, the certificate is invalidated and any subsequent users will be notified that
the document was tampered with.

To certify your PDF, please do the following:

1. Open your PDF document you want to certify.

2. Select Protect > Sign & Certify > Certify with visible signature/Certify without
visible signature.
3. Press and hold mouse button down, drag to select an area on the document where
you want the signature to appear.
4. In the pop-up Certify Document dialog box, choose a digital ID. If you don’t find
the specified digital ID, you need to get a digital ID from a third-party provider or
create a self-signed digital ID.
5. Set authorized actions for your document from the drop-down menu in
Permitted Actions After Certifying item.
6. Set the signing reason and choose an appearance type from the menu.
7. Click Sign.
8. To set the properties of the signature, please refer to Signature Field Properties.
9. To sign the document, please see Sign a PDF.
10. To validate the signature, please refer to Validate Signatures.

Trusted Certificates

When you validate or view properties of a digital signature or an embedded

timestamp, the validity status may display “unknown” or “could not be verified”. You
need to add the certificate that issued your digital IDs to the Trusted Certificates list.

To add a trusted digital certificate to the Trust Certificates list, please do the following:

Right-click the digital signature, and choose Show Signature Properties.

In the Signature Properties dialog box, click Show Certificate.
In the Certificate Viewer dialog box, specify the trust level for the certificate in
the Trust tab:
 Use this certificate as a trusted root: Use the certificate as a trusted root, and
trust all certificates issued by that certificate authority. Once you make a
certificate a trust anchor, revocation checking will not be performed on it.

228
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

 Validating Signatures or Validating Certified Documents: Trust the certificate

when validating signatures or certified documents.
Click Add to Trusted Certificates, and confirm your operation.

To check all the trusted certificates, choose Protect > Sign & Certify > Trusted
Certificates. In the Trust Certificates window, you can manage all the trusted
certificates, including adding & exporting a certificate, viewing certificate details,
deleting a certificate, and specifying the trust level for a certificate.

The Signature panel

The Signature panel shows information about each signature and time stamp in the
document as well as the change history of the document since the first signature.

Open the Signature panel

Click the Signature button on the left of Navigation Pane.

View Signature Properties

Signature Properties dialog box provides basic information about the signature,
including the signer, reason, date, location validity summary and details of certificate,
etc.

1. Select the Hand command.

2. Right-click the signature field, or right-click the signature in the Digital Signatures
panel and choose Show Signature Properties from context menu.

3. In Signature Properties dialog box, you can get the information as follows:

 Signed by – shows the signers that sign the document.

 Reason – displays the reason that you create the signature.
 Date – shows the date time when you signed the document.
 Location - shows which page the signature is located on.
 Validity Summary - checks whether the document was modified after it was
signed, and other information.
 Show Certificate – Click it to open the Certificate Viewer dialog box. Click
Show Certificate in the Certificate Viewer dialog box to view the details of
the signature certificate (such as the validity of certificate and certificate path)
and add the certificate to the Trusted Certificates list. See also Add a trusted
229
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 11: Signature User Manual

digital certificate to the Trust Certificates list.

 Advanced Properties – Click it to open the Advanced Signature Properties
dialog box where you can view the details about the signature and the
embedded time stamp (if any). For the time stamp, you can click Show
Certificate… in the Advanced Signature Properties dialog box to add the
time stamp server to the Trusted Certificates list. See also Add a trusted
digital certificate to the Trust Certificates list.

Note: If the status is unknown, click Show Certificate… in the Signature Properties dialog
box > Show Certificate in the Certificate Viewer dialog box to view the details of the
certificate. Check whether the certificate has been included in your list of trusted identities.
If your certificate is not trusted, click Install Certificate to install it to the trusted Windows
Certificate Store. If you use a self-signed digital ID, confirm that the certificate details are
valid. If the certificate isn’t valid, a valid certificate from signer is requested.

230
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 12: Foxit Admin Console User Manual

Chapter 12 – Foxit Admin Console

Foxit Admin Console is a Cloud-based portal that serves as a central location for
administrators to manage Foxit products/services and entitled users across their
entire organizations. After setting up and activating Admin Console based on the
organization environment, the administrator can open the URL of Foxit Admin Console
to get started. The Admin Console allows administrators to do the following:

• View the summary of the licenses and products

• Configure the license keys
• Assign license keys to users
• Manage Foxit products
• Configure the internal update of packages (on-premise environments only)
• Configure mail server
• View the detailed reports on the uses and statistics of Foxit products
• Customize enterprise brand information
• View the administrator’s action logs

For more information about Foxit Admin Console, please refer to Foxit Admin Console
User Manual here.

231
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 13: Integration with ChatGPT User Manual

Chapter 13 – Integration with ChatGPT

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud’s integration with ChatGPT takes advantage of AI-Generated
Content (AIGC) to make end users more productive. It provides the following
capabilities:

• Chat with AI Assistant – Use natural language processing (NLP) to provide users
with detailed responses to their questions in real-time.
• Chat about Document – Analyze the document and answer user questions based
on PDF content. Advanced options are available for documents with attachments
and image-based documents, allowing for attachment analysis and OCR
processing prior to analysis.
• Summarize Text/Document – Generate a concise and accurate summary of a given
text input or a document. It analyzes the content of the text and identifies the most
important information to include in the summary, using natural language
processing and machine learning algorithms.
• Enhance writing of the text – Use machine learning to automatically paraphrase or
rewrite text while maintaining its original meaning. This service is designed to help
users generate new content from existing text, such as for content marketing, SEO,
or simply to improve the clarity and readability of writing.
• Content Translation – Translate selected text or entire documents into
corresponding languages.
• Spelling and Grammar Correction – Automatically detect and correct spelling and
grammar errors in your content.
• Content Explanation – Provide concise explanations and definitions for selected
text.
• Smart PDF Commands – Automatically execute the associated commands in Editor
Cloud based on users’ inputs that indicate what tasks they want to perform.

The AI services are enabled by default. If you want to disable the feature, choose File >
Preferences > AI Assistant, and uncheck Enable AI Assistant. When the AI services
are enabled, you can do any of the following to access the AI services:

• Click AI Assistant on the ribbon.

• Click the icon in the lower right corner of the application window.

• Select any text content in your document and choose a tool from the floating
toolbar to perform tasks.

Once you have started the AI services, the AI Assistant tab will appear in the right panel
of the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud window. You can adjust the width of the AI Assistant tab
to increase the display area as needed. To do this, place your cursor along the left
232
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 13: Integration with ChatGPT User Manual

border of the panel. When the cursor changes into the shape, click and drag it to

your desired position to make the adjustment.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud’s AI Assistant, powered by ChatGPT, may produce inaccurate
information about people, places, or facts. The AI Assistant’s privacy policy aligns with
Data Privacy Policy for Azure OpenAI and Data Privacy Policy for Document
Intelligence. For more information on the AI Assistant’s security, please refer to Foxit
AI Assistant Security Overview White Paper on the Foxit website.

233
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 14: Appendices User Manual

Chapter 14 – Appendices
This section is a collection of supplementary materials for this user manual such as
Keyboard Shortcuts.

Browser extensions

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud enables you to effortlessly experience in-browser PDF reader
and editor capabilities on browsers, including Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge,
through native browser extensions. This enhances productivity and simplifies online
PDF processing. To install the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud extension on browsers, please
follow these steps (Here take Foxit PDF Editor Cloud Chrome Extension as an example):

1. Open the Chrome Web Store.

2. In the app store search bar, search for "Foxit PDF Editor Cloud".
3. Click the Add to Chrome button and follow the onscreen instructions to install
the extension on your browser. Once installed, you can pin the extension for
quick access.

Keyboard Shortcuts

There are number of keyboard shortcuts that you can use to speed up your navigation
within the Foxit PDF Editor Cloud.

Some particularly important ones are listed here.

File Keys

Result Shortcut

Open File Ctrl + O

Save As Ctrl + Shift + S
Print a Document Ctrl + P

Save Ctrl + S
Document Properties Ctrl + D

234
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 14: Appendices User Manual

View Keys

Result Shortcut
Full Screen F11
Exit Full Screen Mode ESC, or F11
Zoom In Ctrl + +
Zoom Out Ctrl + -
Zoom To Ctrl + M
Actual Size Ctrl + 1
Fit to Page Ctrl + 0
Fit Width Ctrl + 2
Fit Visible Ctrl + 3
Rotate Clockwise Ctrl + Shift + Plus
Rotate Counterclockwise Ctrl + Shift + Minus
AutoScroll Ctrl + Shift + H
Stop AutoScroll ESC
View file in read mode Ctrl + H
Preview page by page in Print Preview Page Up/Down
Go to Page Ctrl + G
First Page Ctrl + Home
Last Page Ctrl + End
Previous View Alt + Left
Next View Alt + Right
Marquee Zoom Alt + 5
Rulers Ctrl + R
Show or hide Navigation pane F4

Edit Keys

Result Shortcut
Copy Ctrl + C, or Ctrl + Insert
Cut Ctrl + X

235
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 14: Appendices User Manual

Paste Ctrl + V
Undo (Undo an action) Ctrl + Z
Redo (Redo or repeat an action) Ctrl + Shift + Z
Select All (Select all items in a document or
Ctrl + A
window)
Add Bookmark Ctrl + B
Preferences Ctrl + K
Go to fillable field by tab order Tab
Go to fillable field by tab in reversed order Shift + Tab
Duplicate pages Ctrl + Alt + D

Tool Keys

Tool Shortcut
Hand Tool Alt + 3
Select Text and Image Alt + 6
Snapshot Alt + 7
Find Text (Go to the Find box in the top right
corner of the application window to search Ctrl + F
document.)
Find Next F3
Find Previous Shift + F3
Open the Search panel Ctrl + Shift + F

Single-key Accelerators

You can select some commands and perform some actions with single-key
accelerators. To enable single-key accelerators, please go to File > Preferences >
General, and check Use single-key accelerators to access tools option in the Basic
Tools group.

Keys for Selecting Commands

Command Single-key Accelerator

Hand H
236
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
Chapter 14: Appendices User Manual

Select Text and Image V

Marquee Z
Select Annotation R
Edit Object O
Crop Pages C

Insert Blank Page Shift + Ctrl + T

Insert From File Ctrl + Shift + I
Delete pages Ctrl + Shift + Delete

Keys for Navigating a PDF Document

Action Single-key Accelerator

First page Home

Last page End

Previous page Left Arrow or Ctrl + Page Up

Next page Right Arrow or Ctrl + Page Down
Scroll up Up Arrow

Scroll down Down Arrow

Zoom in Ctrl+ Equal Sign

Zoom out Ctrl + Hyphen

237
Foxit PDF Editor Cloud
User Manual

Contact Us
Feel free to contact us should you need any information or have any problems with
our products. We are always here, ready to serve you better.

• Office Address:
Foxit Software Incorporated
39355 California Street
Suite 302
Fremont, CA 94538
USA

• Sales:
1-866-680-3668

• Support & General:

Support Center
1-866-MYFOXIT, 1-866-693-6948

• Website:
www.foxit.com

• E-mail:
Marketing - marketing@foxit.com

238

Albert Bandura
No ratings yet
Albert Bandura
18 pages
3630 Grade 6 Rationalised Social Studies Schemes of Work Term 3 KLB Visionary
No ratings yet
3630 Grade 6 Rationalised Social Studies Schemes of Work Term 3 KLB Visionary
14 pages
Adobe Acrobat Help
No ratings yet
Adobe Acrobat Help
100 pages
Pdfxed10c - Man (PDF Xchange Editor v10 Manual-2024) - Imp
No ratings yet
Pdfxed10c - Man (PDF Xchange Editor v10 Manual-2024) - Imp
1,337 pages
Manual Acrobat DC Pro - Standard and Reader CC 2019
No ratings yet
Manual Acrobat DC Pro - Standard and Reader CC 2019
651 pages
Moon Landing Comprehension
No ratings yet
Moon Landing Comprehension
7 pages
Libro Just in Time
100% (2)
Libro Just in Time
134 pages
Foxit PDF Editor User Manual 2025.1
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor User Manual 2025.1
494 pages
Foxit PDF Editor User Manual 11.0
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor User Manual 11.0
453 pages
List of Biomaterial Fossil Papers
No ratings yet
List of Biomaterial Fossil Papers
43 pages
9 Month Day Wise Study Plan Lyst1731926853840
No ratings yet
9 Month Day Wise Study Plan Lyst1731926853840
29 pages
Foxit PDF Editor - Quick Guide
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor - Quick Guide
492 pages
Quick Start
No ratings yet
Quick Start
18 pages
Ethics Chapter 3
No ratings yet
Ethics Chapter 3
17 pages
Early Access To Language Supports Number Mapping Skills in Deaf Children
No ratings yet
Early Access To Language Supports Number Mapping Skills in Deaf Children
18 pages
FoxitReader9.1 Manual
No ratings yet
FoxitReader9.1 Manual
232 pages
Foxit PDF Reader User Manual 2024.3
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Reader User Manual 2024.3
205 pages
Acko
No ratings yet
Acko
1 page
Foxit PDF Editor User Manual 2023.2
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor User Manual 2023.2
483 pages
FoxitPDFEditor20 Manual
No ratings yet
FoxitPDFEditor20 Manual
159 pages
Global University Rankings and The Mediatization of Higher Education 2019 (Book Review
No ratings yet
Global University Rankings and The Mediatization of Higher Education 2019 (Book Review
3 pages
Foxit Advanced PDF Editor
No ratings yet
Foxit Advanced PDF Editor
199 pages
1624STK Parts Manual
No ratings yet
1624STK Parts Manual
40 pages
Medical Anthropology Note
No ratings yet
Medical Anthropology Note
3 pages
Rubric For Quality Rubric
No ratings yet
Rubric For Quality Rubric
6 pages
FoxitPhantomPDFAdvancedEditor Manual
No ratings yet
FoxitPhantomPDFAdvancedEditor Manual
129 pages
Foxit Phantompdf User Manual
No ratings yet
Foxit Phantompdf User Manual
338 pages
Foxit PDF Editor - Quick Guide
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor - Quick Guide
454 pages
S.No Name of The State Name of The District: Midnapur
No ratings yet
S.No Name of The State Name of The District: Midnapur
11 pages
Shaikh Ahmad Hassan School of Law: Lectures and Talks
No ratings yet
Shaikh Ahmad Hassan School of Law: Lectures and Talks
6 pages
Maintain Control of All Your Content
No ratings yet
Maintain Control of All Your Content
33 pages
Foxit PDF Reader User Manual 2023.3
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Reader User Manual 2023.3
200 pages
B-14-04077 KMT Trenching15 Catalog LR
No ratings yet
B-14-04077 KMT Trenching15 Catalog LR
130 pages
Foxit Reader User Manual
No ratings yet
Foxit Reader User Manual
238 pages
Vsem EEE Coaching Student Name List
No ratings yet
Vsem EEE Coaching Student Name List
2 pages
1 Discuss The c123
No ratings yet
1 Discuss The c123
10 pages
PDFSimpli WELCOME GUIDEBOOK
No ratings yet
PDFSimpli WELCOME GUIDEBOOK
20 pages
Foxit PDF Editor Plus
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor Plus
3 pages
Foxit Reader 43
No ratings yet
Foxit Reader 43
147 pages
SBM Eform v.2 2
No ratings yet
SBM Eform v.2 2
7 pages
Acrobat X Pro Help
100% (2)
Acrobat X Pro Help
496 pages
Organize Your Workspace: PDF Expert Can Organize A Wide Variety of Your PDF Documents, Books, Projects and Other Papers
No ratings yet
Organize Your Workspace: PDF Expert Can Organize A Wide Variety of Your PDF Documents, Books, Projects and Other Papers
2 pages
Aw 702 Is
No ratings yet
Aw 702 Is
3 pages
Donbass Motors
No ratings yet
Donbass Motors
29 pages
Acrobat DC
No ratings yet
Acrobat DC
10 pages
Fox It Phantom 21 Manual
No ratings yet
Fox It Phantom 21 Manual
220 pages
Foxit PhantomPDF - Quick Guide
No ratings yet
Foxit PhantomPDF - Quick Guide
324 pages
Manual Foxreader
No ratings yet
Manual Foxreader
233 pages
Foxit PDF Reader 12.0
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Reader 12.0
213 pages
Math Goals Level C D Sample Items
50% (2)
Math Goals Level C D Sample Items
11 pages
JD - Fidelity International
No ratings yet
JD - Fidelity International
1 page
FoxitReader802 Manual
No ratings yet
FoxitReader802 Manual
214 pages
FoxitPhantomPDF9.7 Manual
No ratings yet
FoxitPhantomPDF9.7 Manual
389 pages
Foxit Reader 60 - Manual
No ratings yet
Foxit Reader 60 - Manual
154 pages
OB Fundamentals
No ratings yet
OB Fundamentals
32 pages
Foxit Phantompdf Business User Manual
No ratings yet
Foxit Phantompdf Business User Manual
308 pages
Quick Start Guide HHHHH
No ratings yet
Quick Start Guide HHHHH
14 pages
Foxit Reader User Manual: Maintain Control of All Your Content
No ratings yet
Foxit Reader User Manual: Maintain Control of All Your Content
215 pages
FoxitReader50 Manual p4
No ratings yet
FoxitReader50 Manual p4
1 page
Traction Control Methods
No ratings yet
Traction Control Methods
24 pages
Neuroeconomics 1
No ratings yet
Neuroeconomics 1
3 pages
Get Started
No ratings yet
Get Started
6 pages
Foxit PDF Editor
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor
2 pages
San Carlos City Division: Department of Education
No ratings yet
San Carlos City Division: Department of Education
19 pages
WRO 2022 Future Innovators General Rules
No ratings yet
WRO 2022 Future Innovators General Rules
16 pages
Ditch Witch Track Version
No ratings yet
Ditch Witch Track Version
197 pages
Quick Start Guide
No ratings yet
Quick Start Guide
10 pages
FoxitPDFEditor20 Manual
No ratings yet
FoxitPDFEditor20 Manual
159 pages
Fox It Reader 42 Manual
No ratings yet
Fox It Reader 42 Manual
146 pages
Foxit PDF Editor Datasheet - BD Details
No ratings yet
Foxit PDF Editor Datasheet - BD Details
3 pages
PERFORMANCE TASK 1 - Tenses and Aspects of Verb
No ratings yet
PERFORMANCE TASK 1 - Tenses and Aspects of Verb
3 pages
Introduction To Adobe Acrobat: CS 175.11 Fall 2012 Windsor Green
No ratings yet
Introduction To Adobe Acrobat: CS 175.11 Fall 2012 Windsor Green
51 pages
Autobiography
86% (7)
Autobiography
2 pages
FoxitPhantomPDFBusiness70 Manual
No ratings yet
FoxitPhantomPDFBusiness70 Manual
303 pages
2023 AHA CPR Training 3opportunities 1
No ratings yet
2023 AHA CPR Training 3opportunities 1
1 page
DLL 3is Week 1
No ratings yet
DLL 3is Week 1
4 pages
Curriculum-Vitae: Suraj Kumar Mishra
No ratings yet
Curriculum-Vitae: Suraj Kumar Mishra
2 pages
TOR Biomedical Engr
No ratings yet
TOR Biomedical Engr
3 pages
Fox It PDF Editor 22 Manual
No ratings yet
Fox It PDF Editor 22 Manual
142 pages
Radiology Test 3 Study Guide
No ratings yet
Radiology Test 3 Study Guide
5 pages

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud User Manual

Uploaded by

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud User Manual

Uploaded by

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud

© Foxit Software Incorporated. All Rights Reserved.

Anti-Grain Geometry - Version 2.4

© Maxim Shemanarev (http://www.antigrain.com)

Portions of this product Copyright [2001-2024] Solid Documents

Chapter 1 – Introduction ................................................................................ 6

Chapter 2 – Get Started .................................................................................. 9

Chapter 3 – Read ............................................................................................ 25

Chapter 4 – Create ......................................................................................... 53

Chapter 5 – Edit .............................................................................................. 66

Chapter 6 – Organize................................................................................... 115

Chapter 7 – Comment ................................................................................. 130

Chapter 8 – Share ........................................................................................ 159

Chapter 9 – Forms........................................................................................ 168

Fill in PDF Forms .............................................................................................................169

Chapter 10 – Security .................................................................................. 201

Chapter 11 – Signature ............................................................................... 216

Chapter 12 – Foxit Admin Console ........................................................... 231

Chapter 13 – Integration with ChatGPT .................................................. 232

Chapter 14 – Appendices............................................................................ 234

Contact Us ..................................................................................................... 238

Foxit PDF Editor Cloud Overview

Key features of Foxit PDF Editor Cloud include:

• Internet Explorer 11 or higher

Chapter 2 – Get Started

About the homepage

Search and Find Commands

Show or hide the navigation panels

Adjust the navigation pane

1. Viewing a panel in the navigation pane

2. Changing the display area for navigation pane

the navigation pane.

Customize Quick Access Toolbar

select the commands that you want to appear.

1. Choose File > Preferences.

Leveraging AI-Generated Content (AIGC), Foxit PDF Editor Cloud seamlessly

For enterprise-level control over the AI Assistant, administrators can conveniently

PDF/A View mode

o Never: Never open documents in PDF/A view mode.

Automatically calculate field values: Specify whether to automatically perform all

Full Screen Navigation

Full Screen Appearance

Full Screen Transitions

A. Use single-key accelerators to access tools: Enable single-key accelerators to

User Experience Improvement

Enable JavaScript Actions

See also Run Script Right Control.

Use browser languages—Makes the browser language the UI language.

You can also customize the grid appearance.

Width/Height between lines: sets the spacing between grid lines.

Use Scale and Units From Document (When present)

Default Layout and Zoom

A. Navigation tab: specifies the panel to be displayed in the opening view.

a) Page Only: displays Pages panel by default in opening view.

B. Default page layout: You can view PDFs in following layouts:

See also “Changing the Page layout”.

For enterprise-level management of Foxit eSign service settings, administrators

More information about security settings, please refer to Trust settings.

Signing & Verifications

▪ Verify signatures when the document is opened: If this option is checked,

o Require certificate revocation checking to succeed whenever

verification time will be the time at which signature was applied or

Please refer to Trust settings.

Open PDFs in Foxit PDF Editor Cloud

Open a secured PDF document

Set Foxit PDF Editor Cloud as your default PDF viewer

Close the current PDF file by doing either of the following:

Export PDFs to Word, PowerPoint, RTF, or plain text files

• Page Range: chooses the page range you want to export.

Export PDFs to spreadsheets

1. Navigate to the Convert tab. Choose To MS Office > To Excel or XML

• Page Range: chooses the page range you want to export.

document in Export Engine Settings.

Export PDFs to HTML files

Page Range: chooses the page range you want to export.

Restore Defaults: reverts to the original default settings.